|
Official Course Syllabi 2020-2021 [ARCHIVED CATALOG]
Course Syllabi
|
|
|
Legal Assistant |
|
-
LEGA 2220 - Computerized Litigation Support Concepts (CLSC) Credit Hours: 3.00 Prerequisites: ITCS 1010 and LEGA 2010
LEGA 2220 prepares students to use computer applications in legal organizations and in enhancing the success of legal assistants. Topics include various changes/trends in social media and the cloud, legal timekeeping and billing, and software for litigation support, case management, and docket control. The course also familiarizes students with common law office uses of Microsoft Office applications.
Location: Online only
Contact Hours: 3 Billable Contact Hours: 3 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to analyze the various methods/types of available legal specific software to assist law offices in representing clients.
Objectives: The student will:
- Explore law office computer technology.
- Define law office computer technology.
- Review distinctions between computer hardware and computer software.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to utilize the most popular litigation support applications available on the market today for managing case files.
Objectives: The student will:
- Identify the most popular litigation support applications available on the market.
- Implement guidelines for working with case management and docket control programs to manage and control a legal organization’s case loads and tasks to be completed and scheduled.
- Distinguish between case management and docket control programs for managing and controlling a legal organization’s caseloads and tasks to be completed and scheduled.
- Analyze the importance of timekeeping, billing, and various types of legal fee agreements.
- Use the litigation support applications to expedite the timekeeping and billing process.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to build case structures, strategies, and database design considerations for searching and extracting information from the database.
Objectives: The student will:
- Identify the fundamental elements of database design.
- Apply the fundamental elements of database design in a legal environment.
- Define case structures, strategies, and database design considerations for searching and extracting information from the database.
- Distinguish between case structures, strategies, and database design considerations for searching and extracting information from the database.
- Organize case structures, strategies, and database design considerations for searching and extracting information from the database.
- Analyze case structures, strategies, and database design considerations for searching and extracting information from the database.
Outcome 4: Locate legal authorities to answer factual situations via computer assisted research, the Internet, and e mail.
Objectives: The student will:
- Distinguish between the different ways to conduct research.
- Identify the different sources for use in conducting research.
- Choose appropriate databases for locating legal authorities.
- Gather documents from a citation.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE Session and Topic:
- Computers in the Law Office
- Legal Technology Trends
- Computer Hardware and Software
- How Computers Can Help the Legal Assistant
- Review Computer Hardware and Software Applications in the Law Office
- A Computer System: An Overview
- The Word Processing Cycle
- Word Processing Fundamentals
- Spreadsheet Structure and Organization
- Spreadsheet Fundamentals
- Understanding the Fundamental Elements of Database Design and How to Incorporate Those Elements in a Legal Environment
- DBMS in the Legal Environment
- DBMS Functions: An Overview
- Introduction to Timekeeping and Billing
- Legal Timekeeping and Billing Software
- Fundamentals of Computerized Timekeeping and Billing
- Introduction to Computer Assisted Legal Research and CD ROM
- CALR Search Query Techniques
- Performing Competent Legal Research
- CALR On Line Legal Databases
- The Litigation Support Process
- Manual Litigation and Support Methods
- Types of Computerized Litigation Support Systems
- The Electronic Courthouse, Automated Courtroom, and Presentation Graphics
- Overview of Some Legal Specific Software
- Overview of Presentation Graphics and Trial Presentation Software
Primary Faculty Manatine, Jennifer R. Secondary Faculty Associate Dean Johnson, Elise Dean Balsamo, Michael
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
Life-Career Development |
|
-
LIFE 1010 - Career Development & Decision Making Credit Hours: 3.00 Prerequisites: None
(formerly LIFE 2912)
This course is designed to help undecided students explore various career options and map their area of interest into an academic program plan of study at Macomb Community College. The course consists of three modules. In the first module, students will explore their interests, skills, and values through personal reflection and guided assessments. The second module is experiential in nature and will involve workplace visits, employer presentations, and informational interviews covering a broad range of occupations. In the final module, students will use the information they gathered through the course to choose an academic program plan.
Contact Hours: 3 Billable Contact Hours: 3 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify potential careers that are aligned with their interests, personality, skills, and values.
Objectives: The Student will:
- Use results from interest assessments to explore interests, personality, skills, and values.
- Discuss past work experiences.
- Collect information on occupations and employers through online research, workplace visits, in-class presentations, and informational interviews.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will choose an academic program of study at Macomb Community College that aligns with their career goals, interests, personality, skills, and values.
Objectives: The Student will:
- Reflect on personal characteristics and occupational information.
- Choose a major that matches personal characteristics and career goals.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will identify an academic plan that reflects their program of study at Macomb Community College.
Objectives: The Student will:
- Align personal characteristics and career goals to a Macomb Community College program of study.
- Identify an academic plan of study that includes a sequence of courses in a Macomb Community College program of study.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE Session and Topic:
- Introduction
- Course introduction
- Career and employment resources at Macomb
- Career Development
- Interests Assessment
- Personality Assessment
- Skills Exploration
- Values Exploration
- Interpretation and Reflection
- Small group discussion
- Reflective assignments for the 3 course modules
- One-on-one meetings with instructor/academic counselor
- Career Exploration and Networking
- Independent career research
- Workplace visits and discussions
- Employer Presenters
- Informational Interview
- Social Media Networking
- Introduction to Informational Interviews
- Networking as a career research tool
- Preparation for informational interviews
- Academic Planning
- College and Major exploration
- Identify an academic program plan of study
- Meet with a Macomb Community College Counselor or Academic Advisor
- Critical Reflection
- Reflection Essays
- Employment Research
- Resources and strategies
- Career Experience Internship Opportunities
Primary Faculty Fortuna, Erin Secondary Faculty Associate Dean Williams-Chehmani, Angie Dean Pritchett, Marie
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
Management |
|
-
MGMT 1010 - Principles of Management Credit Hours: 3.00 Prerequisites: None
An introductory course covering the traditional concepts of planning, organizing, leading, and controlling, as well as more contemporary topics, including decision making, international management, cultural diversity, change, innovation and managerial ethics within the business environment.
Contact Hours: 3 Billable Contact Hours: 3 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain basic management theory and concepts from a contemporary and historical perspective.
Objectives:
- Identify the different schools of management theory.
- Describe how ethical behavior and social responsibility are achieved in management practice.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to apply the management functions of planning and controlling.
Objectives:
- List the steps required to develop an effective management plan.
- Recognize the key features of an organizational mission statement.
- Give examples of strategic, tactical, and operational planning actions.
- Identify the steps in the controlling process.
- Interpret simulated organizational results in order to identify corrective action.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to apply the management function of organizing.
Objectives:
- Identify the various organizational design structures used to achieve organizational goals.
- Explain how key factors affect the structure of an organization.
- Describe the activities involved in Human Resources Management.
- Identify how groups and team influence an organization’s structure.
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain the management functions of leading.
Objectives:
- Identify drivers of individual behavior in an organization.
- Define the concept of motivation, and list related early and contemporary theories.
- Define the process of leadership, and list related contemporary theories.
Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to individually apply a management concept to current events.
Objectives:
- Identify a management article that correctly relates to a concept presented in class.
- Prepare a written report that summarizes the article and correctly identifies the relevant Management concept covered in class.
- Present findings orally to the class in a clear and descriptive manner.
- Utilize technology for presentations
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Introduction to Management and Management Theory
- The Role of Management
- The Management Process: Management Functions
- History of Management Theories
- Decision Making Process
- Types of Decisions and Influences on Decisions
- Cultural Constraints and Challenges to Management
- Managing in Today’s Workplace
- Managing in a Global Business Environment
- Managing Diverse Workgroups
- How Ethics Impacts Management Decisions
- Encouraging Ethical Managerial Behavior
- Social Responsibility
- Managing Change in Organizations
- Innovation
- The Planning and Controlling Functions of Management
- Planning Defined
- Types of Goals and Plans
- Setting Goals and Developing Plans
- The Strategic Management Process
- Corporate and Competitive Strategies
- The Control Process
- Planning and Controlling Techniques
- The Organizing Function of Management
- Basic Organizational Designs
- Adaptive Organizational Designs
- The Human Resources Management Process
- Organizing Tasks Using Groups and Teams
- The Leadership Function of Management
- Individual Behavior
- Motivation Theories
- Effective Leadership
- Management Article Summary and Presentation
- Working independently, locate a recent article related to one or more Management topics.
- Prepare a written report that includes a summary of the article and a description of how the article relates to a topic from class.
- Present findings to the class individually and include the use of visual aids.
Primary Faculty McLean, Angela Secondary Faculty Balcom, Tanya Associate Dean Evans-Mach, Patrick Dean Balsamo, Michael
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MGMT 1155 - Human Resources Management Credit Hours: 3.00 Prerequisites: None
(formerly MGMT 1150)
Human Resource Management issues are presented reflecting the relationship between Human Resource departments and various managerial functions. Major topics include: employee engagement, employment law, job analysis, staffing, training and development, performance appraisals, compensation systems, health and safety, and labor-management relations. Designed for those who presently supervise workers or plan to do so in the future, as well as present human resource staff members.
Contact Hours: 3 Billable Contact Hours: 3 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain the fundamental purpose of Human Resource function within the organization.
Objectives:
- Describe the relationship of Human Resources Management to a Line Manager within an organization.
- Describe the role human resources plays in an organization’s overall strategic plan
- Identify the importance of Employee Engagement
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to outline how the legal environment impacts the relationship between an organization and its employees.
Objectives:
- Identify relevant federal and state Equal Employment Opportunity Laws.
- Identify relevant labor relations laws and the collective bargaining environment.
- Use health and safety laws to identify potential unsafe conditions and unsafe behavior in the workplace.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to practice major Human Resources activities through collaboration.
Objectives:
- Collect job analysis data and write a job description
- Identify recruitment sources and write a job ad
- Identify the various types of candidate testing and write behavioral/situational interview questions
- Describe training needs of new and current employees
- Identify various methods of conducting performance appraisal
- Identify the forms of compensation available to employees
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to solve a sample employee relations problem in a collaborative setting.
Objectives:
- Identify relevant Human Resource Management concepts
- Conduct basic business research related to these concepts to locate examples.
- Identify a solution to the problem.
- Write a summary of the findings and implementation of the solution.
- Present findings orally to the class in a clear and descriptive manner using visual technologies.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Introduction to Human Resources Management (HRM)
- Definition of HRM and relationship to the Management function in an organization
- Relationship to strategic management
- Components of positive employee relations
- Managing in Today’s Workplace
- Equal Employment Opportunity Law - 1967 present
- Labor relations Law
- The collective bargaining process and environment
- Occupational Safety Law
- Health and Safety issues in the workplace
- Staffing
- Talent Management
- Job analysis process
- Human Resource Planning methods
- Recruiting process
- Selection tests
- Interviews
- Development, Feedback and Rewards
- Training and development methods
- Performance management
- Performance evaluation methods
- Succession planning
- Compensation and benefits
Primary Faculty McLean, Angela Secondary Faculty Balcom, Tanya Associate Dean Evans-Mach, Patrick Dean Balsamo, Michael
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MGMT 1180 - Human Relations Credit Hours: 3.00 Prerequisites: None
This course focuses on the forces influencing behavior at work and the factors that contribute to successful interpersonal relations in business. Topics include building a positive self-concept, understanding your communication and leadership style, the Jo-Hari model of self understanding, conflict management, the power of positive reinforcement, and stress management.
Contact Hours: 3 Billable Contact Hours: 3 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to discuss the study of human relations and how it will help a person achieve career success as a manager and increase work/life balance.
Objectives:
- Identify the 7 basic themes of human relations
- Describe how the “Age of Information” affects human relations.
- Discuss the need to balance a person’s focus on information versus people.
- Classify the skills that are included in team building as a leader.
- Describe how a person can increase his self-awareness in a business seting.
- Discuss how self-disclosure as a manager can build trust between people.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to formulate a business memo or other business communication with the four different communication styles.
Objectives:
- Describe the major developments that have given new importance to human relations. Describe the differences between interpersonal and impersonal communications and the use of technology within each.
- Distinguish between the four different communication styles.
- Practice communication style flexing in scenarios.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to categorize the major forces influencing human behavior at work.
Objectives:
- List the six major forces that influence human behavior at work.
- Describe the human relations movement in the United States.
- Identify the components of a proper workplace violence policy.
- Interpret ethical conduct as a manager and employee.
- Discuss the major motivational theories and strategies.
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to determine the proper conflict mode to use in a business management scenario.
Objectives:
- Complete a self-assessment of the student’s individual conflict mode preference.
- Experiment using different modes/styles in differing scenarios.
- Determine the level of diversity within the organization.
- Choose the correct mode to use in diverse backgrounds.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Improving Personal and Organizational Communications
- The Communication Process
- Communication Filters
- Improving Personal Communication
- Communicating in Organizations
- Understanding Your Communication Style
- Communication Styles
- Communication Model
- Communication Versatility
- Building High Self-Esteem
- The Power of Self-Esteem
- How to Build Self-Esteem
- Personal Values Influence Ethical Choices
- How Personal Values Are Formed
- Personal Values and Ethical Choices
- Corporate Values and Ethical Choices
- Atitudes Can Shape Your Life
- How Atitudes Are Formed
- Atitudes Valued by Employers
- How to Change Atitudes
- Motivating Yourself and Others
- Influential Motivational Models
- Contemporary Employee Motivational Strategies
- Self-Motivation Strategies
- Constructive Self-Disclosure
- The Johari Window
- Appropriate Self-Disclosure
- Barriers to Self-Disclosure
- Achieving Emotional Balance in a Chaotic World
- Factors That Influence Our Emotions
- Coping with Your Anger and the Anger of Others
- Violence in the Workplace
- Emotional Styles
- Building Stronger Relationships
- The Need for Positive Experiences
- Positive Reinforcement
- Barriers to Positive Reinforcement
- Team Building
- Team-Building Skills for Leaders
- Situational Leadership
- Teamwork
- Resolving Conflict
- The Root Cause of Conflict
- Learn to Negotiate
- Conflict Resolution Process
- Valuing Work Force Diversity
- Prejudiced Atitudes
- Forms of Discrimination
- Managing Diversity
- The Changing Roles of Men and Women
- Problems Facing Women in Organizations
- Problems Facing Men in Organizations
- How to Cope with Gender-Biased Behavior
Primary Faculty Balcom, Tanya Secondary Faculty Associate Dean Evans-Mach, Patrick Dean Balsamo, Michael
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MGMT 1210 - Entrepreneurship & Small Business Management Credit Hours: 3.00 Prerequisites: ACCT 1050 or ACCT 1070 or ACCT 1080; and MGMT 1010
Fundamental aspects of small business startup are explored including creativity, initial funding, organizing, marketing, and financially controlling a small business. Also covered are alternative methods of starting a business and legal forms. Students will develop a business plan.
Contact Hours: 3 Billable Contact Hours: 3 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain the fundamental aspects of small business startup.
Objectives:
- Describe the various types and sizes of small businesses.
- List the ways that small businesses contribute to the US economy.
- Identify the characteristics of successful entrepreneurs.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to refine a business concept into a startup opportunity.
Objectives:
- Utilize the creative process to identify and differentiate among new business ideas.
- Evaluate the benefits and drawbacks of startup through franchising and buyouts versus pure startups.
- Define the major components of the business plan.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to successfully develop a business plan
Objectives
- Research industry characteristics, conditions and trends
- Identify a relevant target market
- Develop a marketing strategy
- Develop forecasted financial statements
- Pitch the opportunity to the class upon completion.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Introduction to Small Business Management
- The Entrepreneurial Life
- Integrity, Ethics, and Social Responsibility
- The Organizational Plan
- Startup Planning
- Starting a Small Business
- Franchising and Buyouts
- The Business Plan
- Planning the Marketing Activities
- The Marketing Plan
- The Location Plan
- Pricing and Credit Decisions
- Promotional Planning
- Planning the Startup’s Finances
- Understanding a Firm’s Financial Statements
- Forecasting Financial Requirements
- A Firm’s Sources of Financing
Primary Faculty McLean, Angela Secondary Faculty Balcom, Tanya Associate Dean Evans-Mach, Patrick Dean Balsamo, Michael
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MGMT 2000 - Business Management Software Applications Credit Hours: 3.00 Prerequisites: MGMT 1010 and ITCS 1010
Designed to provide students with familiarity with business software programs that are specifically used by those in the field of management. The focus will be on areas where specialized computer software is used to increase the success of managers. Software for project management, human resource management, and business mapping and diagramming will be explored.
Contact Hours: 3 Billable Contact Hours: 3 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to prepare projects with Project Management .
Objectives:
- Identify tasks and their dependencies in a project
- Assign resources within the software
- Monitor the budgets within the project
- Identify special calendars and work schedules
- Identify a constraint in a schedule
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to solve problems in the critical path of a project using Project Management Software.
Objectives:
- Use MS Project to diagnose problems in Gannet and PERT charts
- Give examples of changes in the project to meet project deadlines
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to operate Business Software to create business diagrams.
Objectives:
- Organize business flowcharts
- Develop organizational charts
- Develop maps
- Develop office designs and site plans
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create an individual project with Microsoft Project and Microsoft Visio.
Objectives:
- Plan a project within a budget
- Plan a project within the deadline
- Create a diagram to support the project
Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to present a project with Microsoft Project and Microsoft Visio.
Objectives:
- Prepare an oral presentation of their project
- Present their project to the class audience
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Introduction to Project Management
- Benefits of Project Management
- How Microsoft Project Supports successful Project Management
- Entering Tasks
- Understanding Project Views
- Saving a Project with a New Name
- Magnification
- Modifying the Timescale
- Printing a View
- Getting Help
- Starting a New Project and Examining Scheduling Defaults
- Examining Project Calendars
- Entering Tasks and Durations
- Editing Tasks and Durations
- Entering Recurring Tasks
- Entering Milestones
- Understanding Task Dependencies
- Creating Task Dependencies
- Editing Task Dependencies
- Entering Lag and Lead Times
- Creating a Work Breakdown Structure with Summary Tasks
- Creating Reports Using Project
- Understanding the Critical Path
- Filtering Tasks for Information
- Formatting a Project
- Working with the Network Diagram
- Moving Tasks
- Print Preview
- Formatting a Network Diagram
- Shortening the Critical Path
- Entering Cost and Resource Data
- Using the Resource Information Dialog Box
- Assigning Resources to Task
- The Relationship between Work, Duration, and Units
- Creating a Fixed-Duration Task
- Using the Resource Usage View
- Reviewing Project Costs
- Project Summary Information
- Critical Path and Slack
- Using Reports
- Business Planning Presentation Software
- Microsoft Visio
- Screens
- Toolbars
- Applications
- Organizational Charts
- Flow Charts
- Office Layouts
- Workplace Layouts
- Site Layouts
- Mind Mapping
Primary Faculty Balcom, Tanya Secondary Faculty McLean, Angela Associate Dean Evans-Mach, Patrick Dean Balsamo, Michael
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MGMT 2100 - Effective Organizational Behavior & Team Development Credit Hours: 3.00 Prerequisites: MGMT 1010
Topics include the management of people in the work environment; relationship of individuals and organization; “team” development and organization development techniques; and functions, roles, and relationships of various levels of management.
Contact Hours: 3 Billable Contact Hours: 3 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to detect the role an individual has in an organization.
Objectives:
- Differentiate between the different personality styles.
- Explain differences in the effects between emotions and moods.
- Identify motivational practices in overall job satisfaction.
- Complete personal assessments to identify the student’s own role.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to critique team effectiveness in an organization.
Objectives:
- Categorize the stages of group development.
- Identify the stages of team development
- Identify the factors of team effectiveness that make a team successful
- Discover different conflict styles within groups
- Complete personal assessments to identify the student’s preferred role in a team.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to evaluate an organization’s behavior.
Objectives:
- Research an organization’s history and current trends
- Interpret articles and media publications
- Explain main points of organizational behavior
- Determine why an organization faces behavior issues.
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to illustrate how to work in a team setting collaboratively.
Objectives:
- Prepare an independent written analysis of organizational behavior.
- Combine findings with class team and compile one full analysis.
- Prepare oral presentation for class audience.
- Present findings and proposal to the class audience collaboratively.
Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to assess the performance of an effective team.
Objectives:
- Prepare group evaluations of performance
- Prepare self-evaluation of effort and performance
- Document behaviors and detect problems and successes
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- What is Organizational Behavior?
- Management functions and roles
- Management Skills
- Challenges and opportunities for Organization Behavior
- Using Self-Assessments
- The Individual
- Diversity in Organizations
- Attitudes and Job Satisfaction
- Emotions and Moods
- Personality and Values
- Perception and Individual Decision Making
- Motivation: from Concepts to Application
- The Group
- Foundations of Group Behavior
- Stages of Group Development
- Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, Cohesiveness, and Diversity
- Understanding Work Teams
- Differences between groups and teams
- Types of Teams
- Team Effectiveness Model: Factors that make teams successful
- Communication
- Leadership
- Power and Politics
- Conflict and Negotiation
- The Organization System
- Foundations of Organization Structure
- Organizational Culture
- Organizational Change
- Presentation of Team Project
- Assist in the compilation and delivery of the team written project
- Assist in the compilation and verbal presentation of the team written project
- Assess performance and evaluate all members of the team
Primary Faculty Balcom, Tanya Secondary Faculty Associate Dean Evans-Mach, Patrick Dean Balsamo, Michael
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MGMT 2800 - Management Capstone Credit Hours: 3.00 Prerequisites: MGMT 1010, MGMT 1180, and MGMT 2000
(replaces but does not equate to MGMT 2110)
Students practice the four functions of Management (Planning, Organizing, Leading, and Controlling) and work to enhance critical-thinking, problem solving, and decision making skills through the completion of a comprehensive leadership project and development of a portfolio. It is highly recommended that students enroll in this course within the final two semesters of graduation or transfer.
Contact Hours: 3 Billable Contact Hours: 3 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to successfully operate a small business through the use of a simulation.
Objectives:
- Collaborate in teams to utilize rational decision making, breakeven analysis and other management techniques to plan the launch from an operational and human resources perspective.
- Analyze reports to identify business results and take adequate corrective action.
- Present findings to the class upon completion.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to complete a leadership project.
Objectives:
- Identify project topic that will enhance leadership skills
- Define a project plan including a scope and timeline
- Organize tasks and manage others to see the project through completion
- Implement the plans through the completion of tasks
- Identify and take concurrent corrective action based on feedback.
- Measure results of project
- Present findings through a written report and oral presentation.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to successfully develop a portfolio of work.
Objectives:
- Build a current resume
- Assemble a Student Development Transcript
- Collect academic letters and evidence of accomplishments (e.g., projects)
- Assemble the Leadership Project summary
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Review of the Functions and Skills of Managers
- Planning
- Organizing
- Leading
- Controlling
- Decision-Making
- Critical-Thinking
- Problem-Solving
- Leadership Project
- Five Practices
- Necessary Skills
- Leadership Book review
- Business Operations Simulation
- Pre-work
- Launch
- Weekly Decisions
- Evaluation of Results
- Presentation of findings
Primary Faculty Balcom, Tanya Secondary Faculty McLean, Angela Associate Dean Evans-Mach, Patrick Dean Balsamo, Michael
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
Marketing |
|
-
MKTG 1010 - Principles of Marketing Credit Hours: 3.00 Prerequisites: None
An overview of the full range of activities involved in marketing, including determining which consumers should be targeted, evaluating key competitors, and using information technology to effectively price, promote, distribute, and design quality products and services.
Contact Hours: 3 Billable Contact Hours: 3 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate knowledge of key marketing tools and terms.
Objectives:
- Define marketing’s role in business.
- Explain the concept of value in marketing.
- Identify sustainable competitive advantages and their importance.
- Explain the marketing strategic planning process including mission statements, SWOT analysis and the SBU portfolio analysis.
- Describe the uncontrollable macroenvironmental forces affecting an organization’s marketing strategy.
- Identify and analyze ethical issues in marketing.
- Describe the purchase decision process and factors influencing consumer behavior.
- Compare and contrast marketing research tools using primary and secondary data.
- Compare and contrast segmentation variables and their use in the targeting and positioning process.
- Explain the importance of globalization and diversity in marketing.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate knowledge of each element of the marketing mix.
Objectives:
- Students will describe strategies for an organization’s marketing mix, including:
- Product.
- Promotion.
- Distribution/Placement/Supply Chain.
- Pricing strategy.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to develop a marketing plan that incorporates each of the above content areas.
Objectives:
- Given a product/service/organization, students will create and present a comprehensive marketing plan:
- Analyze and select a target market.
- Recommend strategies for each element of the marketing mix.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Overview of Marketing
- Marketing’s role in business
- Value in marketing
- Introduction to the marketing mix
- Marketing Strategy Development
- Core competencies and sustainable competitive advantage
- Internal planning (mission statements, SWOT analysis and SBU portfolio)
- Macroenvironmental (uncontrollable external) factors in marketing
- Ethics and social responsibility
- The emergence of global marketing
- Understanding the Consumer
- The consumer decision process and factors influencing consumer behavior
- Marketing research and analysis
- Segmenting, targeting and positioning
- Business to business marketing
- Developing strategies for products and services
- Evaluating a company’s product mix
- The product life cycle and diffusion of innovation for boosting product adoption
- New product introduction
- Branding and packaging
- Services marketing
- Developing strategies for promotion and marketing communications
- Integrated marketing communications
- Development of an advertising campaign
- The promotion mix: advertising, public relations, sales promotion, personal selling, new media
- Developing strategies for pricing
- Pricing objectives and strategies
- Price elasticity and the demand curve
- Break-even analysis
- Setting the final price
- Developing strategies for distribution
- Marketing channels
- Supply chain management concepts
- Retailing fundamentals
- Physical distribution and inventory management
Primary Faculty Doll, Monique Secondary Faculty Rice, Joe Associate Dean Evans-Mach, Patrick Dean Balsamo, Michael
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MKTG 1020 - Dynamics of Retailing Credit Hours: 3.00 Prerequisites: MKTG 1010
This course provides students with a comprehensive view of the changing world of retailing. The elements of retail management covered include inventory control, markup and pricing, merchandising, retail promotion, human resource management, store location, design and layout, legal and ethical issues, and information systems.
Contact Hours: 3 Billable Contact Hours: 3 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to define retailing and explain its role in society.
Objectives:
- Discuss the roles and functions of retailing within society and business
- Differentiate between the different types of retailers.
- Discuss trends that are shaping today’s retailers including diversity and technology.
- Describe market segmentation as it relates to retailers.
- Explain how consumers decide what to buy and where to shop.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain the components of retail strategy management.
Objectives:
- Describe three key components of retail strategy: target markets, retail format, and competitive advantage.
- Explain financial terminology and financial measures used to assess retail performance.
- Identify the types of retail locations and their advantages/disadvantages.
- Explain the issues that are evaluated when determining store location.
- Describe human resource management programs to build a committed workforce.
- Explain how efficient information and supply chain management contributes to stronger retailer profits.
- Describe how CRM programs convert consumer data into customer loyalty.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain the merchandise management process.
Objectives:
- Describe how retailers develop profitable merchandise assortments and forecast sales.
- Discuss the buying systems used to make these decisions.
- Explain branding and sourcing options.
- Demonstrate how to set and adjust retail prices.
- Compare advantages and disadvantages of various IMC tools.
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify the fundamentals of store management.
Objectives:
- Identify the responsibilities involved in managing store employees.
- Identify the responsibilities involved in controlling costs.
- Identify the responsibilities involved in merchandise management.
- Identify the responsibilities involved in providing customer service.
Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to prepare a retail plan.
Objectives:
- Discuss marketplace factors that will affect a retailer.
- Describe the target market.
- Research and select a retail site.
- Discuss merchandise recommendations: assortment, branding, sourcing, pricing.
- Describe store layout, design, and visual merchandising recommendations.
- Identify customer service and promotion/communication strategies.
- Provide budget and human resource strategies.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Introduction to Retailing
- Types of Retailers
- Trends in Retailing - Current and Future
- Customer Buying Behavior
- Retailing Strategy Management
- Segmenting and Target Market Development
- Developing a Sustainable Competitive Advantage
- Strategic Planning in Retailing
- Financial Planning
- Retail Site Selection
- Managing Human Resources
- Managing Information and the Supply Chain
- Customer Relationship Management
- Merchandise Management
- Planning for and Buying Merchandise
- Vendor and Supplier Relationships
- Retail Pricing Strategies
- Integrated Marketing Communications for Retailers
- Store Management
- Employee Recruiting, Development and Management
- Store Design, Layout and Visual Merchandising
- Customer Service Strategies
Primary Faculty Rice, Joe Secondary Faculty Doll, Monique Associate Dean Evans-Mach, Patrick Dean Balsamo, Michael
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MKTG 1050 - E-Marketing Credit Hours: 3.00 Prerequisites: MKTG 1010
This course provides students with a broad understanding of concepts related to E-Marketing and how to incorporate technology into a marketing strategy. Some of the topics covered in the class include e-mail marketing, online advertising, social media, search engine marketing, and viral marketing.
Contact Hours: 3 Billable Contact Hours: 3 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to incorporate technology into marketing strategy
Objectives:
- Describe how the Internet has evolved.
- Convey how the four Ps have been influenced by the Internet.
- Explain how e-marketing fits into the overall marketing strategy.
- Identify how e-mail developed into an important e-marketing tool.
- Identify how mobile marketing became an important e-marketing tool.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be to explain how to use technology to implement various advertising tactics.
Objectives:
- Explain how all elements of online advertising work together - including when to use online advertising, online payment methods, ad servers and advertising networks.
- Analyze the difference between PPC (pay per click) and SEO (search engine optimization).
- Detail how to prepare an e-mail campaign.
- Illustrate how the three categories of mobile phones (SMS, MMS and USSD) fit into e-marketing.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to clarify how the internet and technology compliments a public relations plan.
Objectives:
- Explain why it is important to engage in online conversations.
- Describe how brands can best recover from an online threat.
- Articulate the basic fundamentals of Web Public Relations (WebPR) using online press rooms.
- Evaluate how search and social media can be used as a powerful tool for press releases.
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to use technology to engage and communicate with customers.
Objectives:
- Explain the fundamental concepts behind social media.
- Demonstrate how creating content and sharing content work together.
- Identify how crowdsourcing is used.
- Explain the different types of viral marketing, steps before a campaign goes live and how to manage a viral campaign.
- Describe how technology influences CRM (customer relationship management).
- Illustrate how important online research panel are to research and how to get responses.
Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to incorporate strategic e-marketing practices into a marketing plan.
Objectives:
- Explain what search engine optimization (SEO) is and how a web site needs to be structured.
- Illustrate how key phrases fit into search engine optimization (SEO).
- Describe how online copywriting works.
- Define the fundamental concepts of web site usability.
- Explain how to become visible to search engines.
- Identify the basic fundamentals of Web analytics and conversion optimization including data tracking and collection.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE Overview of E-marketing
- Introduction to E-Marketing
- E-Marketing Strategy
Advertising with Technology
- Pay per Click Advertising
- Online Advertising
- Mobile Marketing
- E-mail Marketing
- Affiliate Marketing
- Search Engine Marketing
Public Relations with Technology
- Online Reputation Management
- Web Public Relations
Using Technology to Engage & Communicate
- Social Media
- Crowdsourcing
- Viral Marketing
- Market Research
- Customer Relationship Management
Strategic E-marketing Practices
- Search Engine Optimization
- Web Site Development and Design
- Online Copywriting
- Web Analytics and Conversion Optimization
Primary Faculty Doll, Monique Secondary Faculty Rice, Joe Associate Dean Evans-Mach, Patrick Dean Balsamo, Michael
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MKTG 1210 - Small Business Marketing Credit Hours: 3.00 Prerequisites: MKTG 1010
This course introduces key marketing concepts and then focuses on how entrepreneurs and small businesses with limited budgets can apply these concepts. Topics include taking a product/service from the idea stage through product testing, promotion, pricing, and finally commercialization. Student entrepreneurs will develop a practical marketing plan that includes budget-appropriate marketing strategies built on analysis of customer needs, business opportunities, competitors, and implementation requirements.
Contact Hours: 3 Billable Contact Hours: 3 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will conduct a situation analysis.
Objectives:
- Perform an environmental analysis including all elements of the external marketing environment.
- Complete a comprehensive competitive analysis.
- Evaluate all customer segments within the overall marketplace.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will develop marketing objectives and strategies.
Objectives:
- Create marketing objectives using the SMART format.
- Develop a specific target market including demographics, pychographics, and geographics.
- Analyze target market consumer behavior when purchasing your product.
- Develop a year 1 research plan.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will develop a marketing plan for a small business.
Objectives:
- Describe product strategy including competitive advantage, SWOT analysis and packaging if applicable.
- Define brand positioning.
- Explain the overall pricing strategy and tactics.
- Develop a distribution strategy.
- Create a comprehensive promotions plan which includes:
- Public relations
- Social media, blog, website
- Sales promotion
- Advertising
- Promotional materials
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Marketing Fundamentals & Marketing Plan
- Marketing Environment
- Marketing Research
- Customer & Competition
- Segmenting, Targeting & Positioning
- Developing New Products & Services
- Branding
- Promotion
- Pricing
- Distribution
Primary Faculty Doll, Monique Secondary Faculty Rice, Joe Associate Dean Evans-Mach, Patrick Dean Balsamo, Michael
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MKTG 1510 - Sports & Entertainment Marketing Credit Hours: 3.00 Prerequisites: MKTG 1010
This course applies marketing concepts, including target market, product, price, distribution and promotion, to the business of sports and entertainment. Students will analyze the economic impact of, explore careers in, and practice building marketing strategies for the sports and entertainment industry.
Contact Hours: 3 Billable Contact Hours: 3 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will connect the basic elements of marketing to the sports and entertainment industries.
Objectives:
- Identify fundamentals of the sports and entertainment marketing business
- Discuss customer service issues specific to the sports and entertainment field
- Explain the product elements of sports and entertainment.
- Construct a target market based on the needs of the business and industry.
- Explain how to manage the channels of distribution.
- Develop ideas for promotions.
- Compare and contract various pricing strategies and the sales processes.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain the economic impact of the sports and entertainment industry.
Objectives:
- Perform financial analysis and risk assessment
- Estimate supply and demand.
- Explain ownership options and the various financial implications
- Evaluate human resources needs and understand its economic impact.
- Explore careers in sports and entertainment marketing by evaluating salary and job opportunities
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will practice strategies managing a sports and entertainment venue.
Objectives:
- Utilize a real-world scenario to practice strategies for:
- Scheduling events
- Managing venue resources
- Determining pricing strategies for various types of events based on supply and demand
- Evaluate target market needs for various sports and entertainment products
- Creating integrated marketing communication strategies for events
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Sports and Entertainment Foundations
- Defining the Sports and Entertainment Industry
- Customer Service
- Basic Sports and Entertainment Business Fundamentals
- Information Management
- The Sports and Entertainment Environment
- Legal Issues
- Economic Issues
- Global and Cultural Issues
- Ownership and Leadership
- Career Development
- Sports and Entertainment Marketing Strategies
- Product Strategy
- Supply Chain and Distribution Strategy
- Pricing Strategy
- Promotion Strategy
- Marketing Simulation
- Developing Real-Life Strategies for Running a Venue
Primary Faculty Doll, Monique Secondary Faculty Rice, Joe Associate Dean Evans-Mach, Patrick Dean Balsamo, Michael
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MKTG 1810 - Customer Service Credit Hours: 3.00 Prerequisites: MKTG 1010
How employees treat customers can make or break a business. This course will identify and develop the customer service skills crucial to success in today’s workplace. Students will analyze their customer service skills and use realworld examples to create a plan to become better service providers.
Contact Hours: 3 Billable Contact Hours: 3 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain elements of a service culture.
Objectives:
- Define customer service.
- Identify societal factors that have influenced customer service.
- Recognize real-world, customer-focused service providers.
- Identify customer needs in relation to service.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify crucial customer service skills.
Objectives:
- Explain the importance of effective verbal communication and feedback.
- Recognize and identify non-verbal communication strategies.
- Develop strategies to improve listening in the workplace.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify strategies to build positive customer relationships.
Objectives:
- Identify customer behavioral styles and appropriate responses and strategies to manage those relationships.
- Compare and contrast strategies for preventing and recovering from service breakdowns.
- Determine actions for dealing with a diverse customer population.
- Describe ways technology enhances service delivery and how employees can use technology in the workplace effectively.
- Discuss ways to encourage customer loyalty through customer service and trust.
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will model and demonstrate relationship-building customer service skills.
Objectives:
- Evaluate customer service skills currently held.
- Design a positive customer service encounter.
- Demonstrate a positive customer service encounter, given a scenario.
- Evaluate and analyze customer service skills demonstrated, given a scenario.
- Develop a plan to personally improve customer service skills.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- The Customer Service Profession
- The Customer Service Environment
- The Positive Service Culture
- Customer Service Skills
- Verbal Communication Skills
- Non-Verbal Communication Skills
- Listening to the Customer
- Building and Maintaining Customer Relationships
- Customer Behavior Styles
- Service Breakdowns and Recovery
- Customer Diversity
- Using Technology in Customer Service
- Encouraging Customer Relationships and Loyalty
Primary Faculty Doll, Monique Secondary Faculty Rice, Joe Associate Dean Evans-Mach, Patrick Dean Balsamo, Michael
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MKTG 2010 - Professional Selling Credit Hours: 3.00 Prerequisites: MKTG 1010
This course will identify principles and develop skills used by successful salespeople. Students will learn to prepare well-organized, creative and professional sales presentations. Emphasis is placed on developing a consultative relationship with the customer throughout all steps in the sales process.
Contact Hours: 3 Billable Contact Hours: 3 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify characteristics of a successful trust-based relationship selling strategy.
Objectives
- Compare and contrast different types of sales relationships.
- Discuss the different types of buyers and how to identify their need.
- Explain the importance of trust in a buyer/seller relationship.
- Explain the importance of collaborative two-way communication.
- Discuss how to effectively integrate technology into the sales process.
- Examine time and territory management methods.
- Identify the importance of developing a long-term customer relationship management strategy.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain the steps in the personal selling process.
Objectives:
- Describe the major prospecting methods and give examples of each method.
- Link buying motives to product or service benefits, support claims made for benefits, and reinforce verbal claims made.
- Describe the key characteristics of effective sales dialogue.
- Compare and contrast the methods for responding to buyer objections.
- List and explain the commitment-earning techniques that enhance relationship building.
- Explain how to follow up to assess customer satisfaction.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to prepare and present components of a sales presentation tailored to a specific customer.
Objectives:
- Develop presentation content specific to each step in the trust-based relationship selling process.
- Participate in a structured and/or unstructured sales situational role play.
- Identify and adapt presentations to different communication styles.
- Analyze role plays and sales presentations.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Introduction to Trust-Based Relationship Selling
- Overview of the professional sales world
- Building trust in a sales relationship
- Understanding buyer behavior
- Developing communication skills
- Preparing for a Sales Dialogue - Initiating Customer Relationships
- Strategic prospecting strategies
- Prospecting methods
- Planning sales dialogues and presentations
- Developing sales objectives
- Engaging in Sales Dialogue - Developing Customer Relationships
- Creating and communicating value in a sales dialogue
- Encouraging buyer feedback
- Anticipating and addressing concerns and objections
- Securing commitment
- Expanding and Enhancing Internal and External Customer Relationship Management
- Assessing customer satisfaction
- Post-purchase follow-up techniques
- Maintaining open communication
- Using technology to expand and enhance CRM
- Adding value through self-leadership and teamwork
- Developing, directing and evaluating the company sales force
- Time and territory management
Primary Faculty Rice, Joe Secondary Faculty Doll, Monique Associate Dean Evans-Mach, Patrick Dean Balsamo, Michael
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MKTG 2020 - Advertising & Promotion Management Credit Hours: 3.00 Prerequisites: MKTG 1010
The development of the promotional blend of the marketing function is examined from the manager’s viewpoint. Special emphasis will be placed on using information technology to develop a target market. Topics include advertising, sales promotion and public relations.
Contact Hours: 3 Billable Contact Hours: 3 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to define advertising and its role in the marketing mix.
Objectives:
- Discuss the roles and functions of advertising within society and business
- Distinguish the different types of advertising
- Summarize the characteristics of effective advertising
- Analyze the changes affecting the advertising industry
- Explain how the communication process and consumer behavior relate to advertising
- Summarize the structure and the function of the advertising agency industry
- Identify key ethical, legal and regulatory issues in advertising
- Describe how diversity, multiculturalism, and technology are important to advertising.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain the process of developing and implementing media strategies.
Objectives:
- Distinguish between the types of strategic research and their uses
- Describe a target market towards which an advertising campaign will be developed
- List the common research methods used in advertising
- Differentiate between objectives, strategies, and tactics in strategic planning
- Explain how account planning works
- List the key media strategy decisions
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain the media planning process.
Objectives:
- Outline the basic media concepts used by media planners and buyers
- Identify the various types of media (traditional, non-traditional and alternative) available to advertisers
- Contrast the advantages and disadvantages of using different types of traditional, non-traditional and alternative advertising media
- Demonstrate through technology (i.e. Internet or SRDS database), the ability to select and buy time/space for a variety of media.
- Outline the key features in an Integrated Marketing Communications plan
- Create a budget and media plan for a business or organization
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify the fundamentals of the creative side of advertising.
Objectives:
- Define creative advertising and explain how it leads to a Big Idea
- Outline and assemble the key parts of a creative brief
- Describe the characteristics of creative people and their creative process
- Describe the creative elements of different forms of advertisements
- Develop and analyze copy and headlines
- Explain how visual impact is created in different forms of advertising
- Create a campaign that will fit into an integrated marketing communication program for a business or organization
Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate ways to enhance and evaluate advertising.
Objectives:
- Define how direct marketing and sales promotion can enhance advertising
- Identify the role and types of public relations
- Discuss retail advertising and what makes it distinctive
- Explain the basics of business to business, nonprofit and international advertising
- Demonstrate why and how advertising evaluation is conducted
- Identify the key areas of media evaluation
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE Introduction to Advertising
- Advertising and Society
- How Advertising Works
- Advertising Agencies and Their Function
Advertising Strategy and Research
- Target Audiences
- Strategic Planning
Media Planning
- Types of Advertising Media (Print, Out-of-Home, Broadcast, Electronic, and Alternative)
- Media Buying
Advertising and Creativity
- Copywriting
- Design, Layout and Production
Enhancing and Evaluating Advertising
- Direct Response and Sales Promotion
- Public Relations
- Special Advertising Situations
- Evaluating Advertising Campaigns
Primary Faculty Doll, Monique Secondary Faculty Rice, Joe Associate Dean Evans-Mach, Patrick Dean Balsamo, Michael
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MKTG 2060 - Consumer Behavior Credit Hours: 3.00 Prerequisites: MKTG 1010
This class explores the process through which consumers make buying decisions. Students develop a deeper understanding of the factors influencing consumer behavior - from individual influences like personality, motivation, and perception - to broad socio-cultural considerations like economics, ethics, and multiculturalism. After exploring concepts of consumer behavior, the class focuses on practical marketing applications such as creating promotion strategies and retail environments that build loyal relationships with a defined target audience.
Contact Hours: 3 Billable Contact Hours: 3 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate knowledge of external influences on consumer behavior.
Objectives:
- Discuss how consumer behavior is influenced at the macro level by global issues as well as at the micro level by family and group influences.
- Describe the affect of cultural and sub-cultural variations in the consumer decision process.
- Identify and describe key sub-cultures in U.S. society, focusing on differences in buyer behavior.
- Compare cultural variations in non-verbal communication patterns.
- Describe changes in U.S. society from the standpoint of demographic distribution and social stratification.
- Identify values that are emerging in U.S. society and explain their impact on the buying process.
- Differentiate between U.S. values and values of other cultures.
- Explain how household and family life cycles influence buyer behavior.
- Describe group influences on consumer behavior, including reference groups, opinion leaders and word-of-mouth.
- Create marketing strategies that reflect understanding of the external influences on consumer behavior.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate knowledge of internal influences on consumer behavior
Objectives:
- Describe perception and its role in the buying process.
- Explain how understanding of perception is important in a variety of marketing contexts, including advertising, retailing, branding, and package design.
- Describe learning theory as it relates to the consumer buying process.
- Outline the different theories of motivation and explain how they link to different levels of involvement in the purchase decision process.
- Describe consumer personality and explain how it relates to brand personality.
- Describe how emotions are used in marketing and advertising.
- Identify the components of attitudes and describe how they form and how they change.
- Describe the meaning of lifestyle analysis and the role it plays in developing marketing strategies.
- Create marketing strategies that reflect understanding of the internal influences on consumer behavior.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate knowledge of the purchase decision process.
Objectives:
- Describe the significance of the situational context of a purchase decision
- Explain stages in the consumer decision process, differentiating between low-involvement and high-involvement purchases
- Define the Problem Recognition stage and offer strategies to discover consumer problems and to help consumers to recognize problems
- Define the Information Search stage and identify strategies for inclusion in the consumer’s consideration set.
- Define the Evaluation stage and explain how consumers analyze, compare and make choices
- Define the Post-purchase stage and offer strategies to reduce dissonance, increase loyalty and build relationships with customers
- Create marketing strategies that reflect understanding of the purchase decision process
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Introduction to Consumer Behavior
- Applications of consumer behavior
- Market analysis: consumers, companies, competitors, market conditions
- Market segmentation - definition and overview
- Overview of Marketing Strategy: product, price, place, promotion
- Introduction to consumer behavior model: external influences, internal influences, and the consumer decision process
- External Influences on Consumer Behavior
- Global cultural factors affecting consumer behavior: language (verbal and non-verbal), demographics, values
- U.S. society: changes in values, demographics, subcultures, and household structure - and implications for marketing strategy
- Group influences on consumer behavior: types of groups, nature of the influence and implications for marketing strategy
- Internal Influences on Consumer Behavior
- Perception: exposure, attention, interpretation and implications for marketing strategy
- Learning: memory, brand image and implications for marketing strategy
- Motivation, Personality and Emotion: implications for marketing strategy
- Attitudes: components, influences and implications for marketing strategy
- Self-concept and lifestyle: definitions, analysis tools like VALS or PRIZM and implications for marketing strategy
- Consumer Decision Process
- Organizational vs. individual consumers
- Types of decisions and extensiveness of decision process
- Problem recognition and implications for marketing strategy
- Information search and implications for marketing strategy
- Evaluating choices and making a selection - both for the product and the outlet from which it is purchased
- Post-purchase behavior: satisfaction/dissatisfaction, commitment, repurchase
Primary Faculty Doll, Monique Secondary Faculty Rice, Joe Associate Dean Evans-Mach, Patrick Dean Balsamo, Michael
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
|
Mathematics |
|
-
MATH 0050 - Fundamentals of Mathematics Credit Hours: 3.00 Prerequisites: Placement
MATH 0050 is a refresher course in the concepts and skills of arithmetic and includes integers, fractions, decimals, percent, measurement, and an introduction to algebra.
Contact Hours: 3 Billable Contact Hours: 3 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to perform basic operations on whole numbers and integers.
Objectives: Students will perform the following without the use of a calculator:
- Identify, apply and create numeric examples of the properties of addition and multiplication.
- Rewrite, simplify and/or perform arithmetic operations on whole numbers and integers.
- Evaluate expressions containing exponents.
- Use the order of operations.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the student will make the transition from arithmetic to algebra.
Objectives: Students will perform the following without the use of a calculator:
- Evaluate algebraic expressions given replacement values.
- Translate phrases into variable expressions.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to manipulate and use fractions, mixed numbers and decimals.
Objectives: Students will perform the following without the use of a calculator:
- Rewrite, simplify and perform arithmetic operations on fractions and decimals.
- Solve problems containing fractions, decimals and mixed numbers.
- Write fractions as decimals and decimals as fractions.
- Find the square root of a number.
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate a basic working knowledge of algebraic expressions and equations.
Objectives: Students will perform the following without the use of a calculator:
- Apply the properties of addition and multiplication to simplify or evaluate basic algebraic expressions.
- Solve simple linear equations in one variable.
- Write sentences as equations.
Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate a basic working knowledge of ratio, proportion, and measurement.
Objectives: Students will perform the following without the use of a calculator:
- Write ratios as fractions and use them as a means for measurement.
- Convert between the English and Metric Systems.
- Know the meaning of proportion, write sentences as proportions, and solve simple proportion problems.
Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to solve basic percent problems.
Objectives: Students will perform the following without the use of a calculator:
- Convert between percents, decimals and fractions.
- Solve simple percent problems.
- Solve applications involving percent (sales tax, commission, percent increase or decrease, discount, interest).
Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate a basic knowledge of geometry.
Objectives: Students will perform the following without the use of a calculator:
- Find perimeters, areas, and volumes of simple geometric figures.
- Use the Pythagorean theorem to find the missing side of a right triangle.
- Find the area of a triangle, circumference and area of a circle, and volume of a sphere.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Whole Numbers
- Properties and Facts of Addition and Multiplication
- Order of Operations
- Algebra
- Operations on Integers
- Algebraic Expressions
- Properties of Exponents
- Operations on Polynomials
- Fractions
- Properties of Fractions
- Operations with Fractions; Applications; Area of a Triangle
- Operations with Mixed Numerals
- Complex Fractions
- Equations
- Properties of Equality
- Linear Equations in One Variable; Applications
- Evaluating Formulas
- Decimals
- Operations with Decimals
- Circumference and Area of a Circle; Volume of a Sphere
- Square Roots and the Pythagorean Theorem
- Simplifying Square Roots
- Ratio, Proportion, and Measurement
- Ratios and Their Application to Measurement: Part I
- Ratios and Their Application to Measurement: Part II
- Conversion Between the English and Metric Systems
- Proportions and Their Applications
- Percent
- Percents, Decimals and Fractions: Basic Percent Problems
- General Applications of Percent
- Sales Tax and Commission
- Percent Increase or Decrease; Discount; Interest
- Geometry
- Perimeter, Area and Volume of Simple Geometric Figures
Primary Faculty Chapman, Lori Secondary Faculty Boruta, Chad Associate Dean Somyak, Michael Dean Pritchett, Marie
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MATH 0070 - Beginning Algebra Credit Hours: 3.00 Prerequisites: MATH 0050 with grade C or better or an equivalent college course, or an acceptable score on a placement or prerequisite exam
This course in beginning algebra covers addition, subtraction, multiplication, division, and factoring of polynomials; integral exponents; linear equations and inequalities in one variable; linear equations and systems of linear equations in two variables; and roots and radicals.
Contact Hours: 3 Billable Contact Hours: 3 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to solve linear equations and linear inequalities.
Objectives: Students will perform the following without the use of a calculator:
- Solve and check first degree equations in one variable by using field properties of the reals.
- Use the properties of equality to solve equations.
- Use the properties of inequality to solve first degree inequalities and display solutions on a number line, set-builder notation, and interval notation.
- Solve formulas for any variable and evaluate such formulas for different values of the variables.
- Convert word problems into equations and solve and check.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to graph linear equations and linear inequalities in two variables.
Objectives: Students will perform the following without the use of a calculator:
- Locate points in a Cartesian plane and know terminology such as x and y coordinates, origin, quadrant.
- Graph a line by point-plotting.
- Graph a line by finding its intercepts.
- Determine the slope of a line.
- Write equation into slope-intercept form and graph.
- Find equation of a line using point-slope form and slope-intercept form.
- Determine whether lines are parallel, perpendicular, or neither.
- Find an equation of a parallel or perpendicular line.
- Graph linear inequalities.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to solve systems of equations and inequalities.
Objectives: Students will perform the following without the use of a calculator:
- Use the graph of a system of equations to determine the nature of the solutions.
- Solve systems of 2 equations with 2 unknowns using substitution.
- Solve systems of 2 equations with 2 unknowns using elimination.
- Solve systems of linear inequalities by graphing in two variables.
- Use systems to solve applications.
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to simplify expressions involving integer exponents.
Objectives: Students will perform the following without the use of a calculator:
- Use the basic properties of exponents when the exponents are integers to simplify expressions.
- Write real numbers in scientific notation and vice versa.
Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to perform operations on polynomials.
Objectives: Students will perform the following without the use of a calculator:
- Identify and evaluate polynomials.
- Add and subtract polynomials.
- Multiply polynomials.
- Divide a polynomial by a monomial.
Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to factor polynomials.
Objectives: Students will perform the following without the use of a calculator:
- Factor out the greatest common factor.
- Factor by grouping.
- Factor trinomials of the form ax2 + bx + c when a = 1.
- Factor trinomials of the form ax2 + bx + c when a not equal to 1.
- Factor difference of squares, perfect square trinomials, sum and difference of cubes.
- Solve quadratic equations by factoring.
Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to perform operations on radicals
Objectives: Students will perform the following without the use of a calculator:
- Simplify radicals.
- Add, subtract, and multiply radicals.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Equations and Inequalities
- Solve linear equations in one variable
- Solve literal equations in one variable
- Solve and graph linear inequalities in one variable
- Solve quadratic equations in one variable by factoring
- Solve equations involving rational expressions
- Solve applied problems including motion, percent, mixture, and angle problems
- Linear Equations in Two Variables
- Graph lines
- Point-plotting
- Intercepts
- Slope-intercept form
- Slope of a line
- Equation of a line
- Slope-intercept form
- Point-slope form
- Standard form
- Parallel and perpendicular lines
- Graph linear inequalities
- Systems of Equations and Inequalities
- Solve systems of two equations in two variables by graphing.
- Solve systems of two equations in two variables by substitution.
- Solve systems of two equations in two variables by elimination.
- Solve systems of linear inequalities by graphing in two variables.
- Applications
- Exponents
- Properties of positive integral exponents
- Definition and use of the zero exponent
- Definition and use of negative integral exponents
- Scientific notation
- Polynomials
- Terminology associated with polynomials
- Add and subtract polynomials
- Multiply polynomials
- Divide polynomials by monomial
- Factor Polynomials
- Greatest common factor
- Grouping
- Trinomials
- Difference of squares, perfect square trinomials, sum and difference of cubes
- Roots and Radicals
- Simplify expression s containing square root radicals
- Addition, subtraction, and multiplication of expressions involving square roots
Primary Faculty Castel, Caroline Secondary Faculty Lusha, Elonia Associate Dean Somyak, Michael Dean Pritchett, Marie
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MATH 1000 - Intermediate Algebra Credit Hours: 4.00 Prerequisites: MATH 0070 with grade C or better, or equivalent college course, or an acceptable score on a placement exam or prerequisite exam
(3 credit hours prior to Fall 1990)
MATH 1000 is an additional course in algebra and includes systems of linear equations in three variables; expressions and equations containing quadratic, rational, radical, exponential, and logarithmic terms; rational and quadratic inequalities; complex numbers; graphs of lines, parabolas, and circles; and an introduction to functions and functional notation.
Contact Hours: 4 Billable Contact Hours: 4 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of the course, the student will be able to solve systems of linear equations in three variables.
Objectives: Students will perform the following without the use of a calculator:
- Solve systems of 3 equations with 3 unknowns (with elimination)
- Applications.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of the course, the student will be able to solve rational equations.
Objectives: Students will perform the following without the use of a calculator:
- Simplify rational expressions.
- Add and subtract rational expressions with like and unlike denominators.
- Multiply and divide rational expressions.
- Simplify complex fractions.
- Solve rational equations and check for extraneous solutions.
- Solve applications with rational equations.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of the course, the student will be able to evaluate functions.
Objectives: Students will perform the following without the use of a calculator:
- Determine when a relation is a function.
- Evaluate functions.
- Find domain and range of a function.
Outcome 4: Upon completion of the course, the student will be able to solve absolute value equations and inequalities.
Objectives: Students will perform the following without the use of a calculator:
- Solve absolute value equations.
- Solve absolute value inequalities.
- Determine when an absolute value or inequality has no solution or infinite solutions.
Outcome 5: Upon completion of the course, the student will be able to solve radical equations.
Objectives: Students will perform the following without the use of a calculator:
- Use properties of rational exponents.
- Convert rational exponents to radical form and vice versa.
- Simplify and perform basic operations on radicals.
- Solve equations with rational exponents and radicals.
- Perform basic operations on complex numbers.
Outcome 6: Upon completion of the course, the student will be able to solve quadratic equations.
Objectives: Students will perform the following without the use of a calculator:
- Solve quadratic equations by factoring, completing the square, square root property, and quadratic formula.
- Solve equations in quadratic form.
- Solve applications with quadratic equations.
- Find the vertex of a parabola and graph.
- Solve quadratic and rational inequalities.
Outcome 7: Upon completion of the course, the student will be able to graph circles.
Objectives: Students will perform the following without the use of a calculator:
- Find the distance between two points using the distance formula.
- Identify the center and radius of a circle.
- Graph a circle.
Outcome 8: Upon completion of the course, the student will be able to solve logarithmic and exponential equations.
Objectives: Students will perform the following without the use of a calculator:
- Convert expressions from exponential form to logarithmic form and vice versa.
- Evaluate logarithms.
- Use properties of logarithms to expand and condense logarithmic expressions.
- Solve exponential and logarithmic equations.
- Solve applications using exponential and logarithmic equations.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Review
- Systems of equations in two variables
- Graph lines using slope-intercept form
- Factor polynomials
- Systems of Linear Equations in Three Variables
- Solve systems of equations in three variables
- Applications
- Rational Expressions and Equations
- Simplify rational expressions
- Add, subtract, multiply, and divide
- Simplify complex fractions
- Rational equations
- Applications
- Functions
- Relations
- Vertical Line Test
- Evaluate functions
- Domain and range
- Absolute Value Equations and Inequalities
- Equations
- Inequalities
- Exponents, Radicals and Complex Numbers
- Rational exponents
- Simplify radicals
- Add, subtract, multiply, and divide radicals
- Solve equations with radicals
- Complex numbers
- Quadratic Equations and Functions
- Solve quadratic equations by
- Factoring
- Square Root Property
- Completing the square
- Quadratic formula
- Solve equations in quadratic form
- Applications
- Solve quadratic and rational inequalities
- Graph parabolas
- Circles
- Use distance formula
- Find center and radius of a circle and graph
- Exponents and Logarithms
- Convert between exponential and logarithmic forms
- Evaluate logarithms
- Expand and condense logarithmic expressions
- Solve exponential and logarithmic equations
- Applications
Primary Faculty Friday, David Secondary Faculty Chapman, Lori Associate Dean Somyak, Michael Dean Pritchett, Marie
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MATH 1100 - Everyday Mathematics Credit Hours: 4.00 Prerequisites: MATH 0070 with grade C or better, or equivalent college course, or an acceptable score on a placement or prerequisite exam
MATH 1100 explores applications of mathematics used to solve modern problems. This course is designed for students whose degree does not require any further mathematics courses as it will not serve as a prerequisite for any other math or science course. Topics include graph theory, introduction to statistics, linear regression, probability, voting systems, fair division and apportionment, identification numbers, encryption, patterns, and finance models.
Contact Hours: 4 Billable Contact Hours: 4 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of graph theory principles.
Objectives:
- Identify and model Euler circuit and Euler path problems.
- Define basic graph terminology.
- Use Euler’s Theorem to classify which graphs have Euler circuits and paths.
- Eulerize graphs when necessary.
- Identify and model Hamiltonian circuit and Hamiltonian path problems.
- Recognize complete graphs and state the number of possible Hamiltonian circuits using counting principles.
- Use brute force, nearest-neighbor, and sorted-edges algorithms to find minimum-cost solutions to traveling salesmen problems.
- Find minimum-cost spanning trees using Kruskal’s algorithm.
- Resolve scheduling conflicts using the chromatic number and coloring.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of the course, students will be able collect and organize data into a table and construct appropriate charts and plots to display the data.
Objectives:
- Identify sampling methods.
- Identify experimental methods.
- Create and interpret a histogram.
- Create and interpret a stemplot.
- Create and interpret a boxplot.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to define, interpret, and calculate measures of central tendency.
Objectives:
- Find and interpret the shape, center, spread, and outliers of a histogram.
- Find and interpret the mean and median of a data set.
- Find and interpret quartiles.
- Find and interpret the standard deviation and variance from a data set
- Find and interpret the spread of data of a normal distribution using 68-95-99.7 Rule
Outcome 4: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to display and interpret linear relationships between two variables using regression.
Objectives:
- Create a scatterplot.
- Make a prediction using a regression line.
- Find the equation of the least-squares regression line identifying slope, y-intercept, and correlation with a scientific calculator.
- Interpret the correlation between two variables.
Outcome 5: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to compute basic probabilities and interpret probability models.
Objectives:
- Find and interpret the probability of events that are mutually exclusive.
- Find and interpret the probability of events using complements.
- Find and interpret the probability of events using counting methods.
Outcome 6: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of various voting systems.
Objectives:
- Implement the majority rule voting system and identify its advantages in a two-candidate voting system.
- Implement Condorcet’s Method and know its paradox.
- Implement the plurality, Borda count, sequential pairwise voting, Hare system, and plurality runoff voting systems for three or more candidates.
- Manipulate the plurality, Borda count, sequential pairwise voting, Hare system and plurality runoff voting systems.
Outcome 7: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to use methods of division and apportionment to allocate resources fairly.
Objectives:
- Apply the adjusted winner procedure for two parties.
- Apply the Knaster inheritance procedure for more than two parties.
- Explain the basic apportionment problem.
- Implement the Hamilton Method.
Outcome 8: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to recognize various types of information located in identification numbers
Objectives:
- Identify the check digit on a traveler’s check, Universal Product Code, bank routing number, and International Standard Book Number and determine if the item is fraudulent.
- Identify the information contained in a UPC bar code.
- Identify personal data in a driver’s license number.
Outcome 9: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to decipher encrypted messages.
Objectives:
- Use Caesar cipher to decipher a message.
- Use Viegnère cipher to decipher a message.
- Solve a cryptogram by recognizing frequent letters and words.
Outcome 10: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to classify patterns.
Objectives:
- Generate the Fibonacci sequence and identify some of its properties.
- Identify relationships between the Fibonacci sequence and the golden ratio.
Outcome 11: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to use finance and population models.
Objectives:
- Apply simple interest formula to finance problems.
- Apply compound interest formula to finance problems.
- Apply continuous compounding interest formula to finance problems.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Graph Theory (8 hours)
- Euler paths and circuits
- Euler’s Theorem
- Eulerize graphs
- Hamiltonian paths and circuits
- Use various algorithms to find minimum-cost solutions
- Brute-force
- Nearest-neighbor
- Sorted-edges
- Kruskal’s algorithm
- Use chromatic number to resolve scheduling conflicts
- Describing and Interpreting Data (8 hours)
- Types of sampling methods
- Graphs
- Histogram
- Stemplot
- Boxplot
- Measures of center
- Measures of variance
- Linear Regression (4 hours)
- Scatterplot
- Correlation
- Predict using regression line
- Least-Squares regression line
- Probability (6 hours)
- Basic probability
- Counting
- Addition Rule
- Multiplication Rule
- Voting Systems (8 hours)
- Majority rule
- Condorcet’s Method and paradox
- Systems for 3 or more candidates
- Plurality
- Borda count
- Sequential pairwise voting
- Hare system
- Plurality runoff
- Manipulation of voting system
- Division and Apportionment (6 hours)
- Adjusted winner procedure
- Knaster inheritance procedure
- Apportionment
- Basic apportionment problem
- Hamilton method
- Identification Numbers (4 hours)
- Check digits
- UPC bar codes
- Driver’s license numbers
- Encryption (4 hours)
- Caesar cipher
- Viegnère cipher
- Cryptograms
- Patterns and Symmetries (2 hours)
- Fibonacci sequence
- Golden ratio
- Finance and Population Models (2 hours)
- Simple interest
- Compound interest
- Continuous compound interest Total 52 hours with 12 hours available for tests.
Primary Faculty Miller, Faith Secondary Faculty Lusha, Elonia Associate Dean Somyak, Michael Dean Pritchett, Marie
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MATH 1280 - Mathematics for Education 1 Credit Hours: 4.00 Prerequisites: MATH 1000 with grade C or better, or an equivalent college course, or an acceptable score on a placement or prerequisite exam
(formerly MATH 1260)
MATH 1280 is the first course in a two-course sequence for elementary education students and includes technology; sets; relations; functions; logic; mathematical systems; systems of numeration; natural numbers, integers, and rational and real numbers; prime numbers; greatest common factor; and least common multiple.
Contact Hours: 4 Billable Contact Hours: 4 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate working knowledge of problem-solving strategies and mathematical relationships.
Objectives:
- Demonstrate knowledge of mathematical relationships.
- Use various problem-solving strategies.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate working knowledge of sets.
Objectives:
- Use the vocabulary and symbols of language sets.
- Demonstrate knowledge of union, intersection, and complements.
- Use the Cartesian product.
- Use Venn diagrams as a problem-solving tool.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate working knowledge of logic.
Objectives:
- Use truth tables.
- Use Euler circles.
- Use the converse of a statement.
- Use the vocabulary of logic inductive and deductive reasoning.
- Use logic, inductive and deductive reasoning to problem solve.
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate working knowledge of numerations systems.
Objectives:
- Demonstrate knowledge of historic numeration systems.
- Use numbers in decimal and non-decimal bases.
- Explain the uses of the various types of calculations as problem-solving tools.
- Explain the uses of the various types of calculators.
- Use scientific calculator as a problem-solving tool.
Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate working knowledge of number theory
Objectives:
- Use the vocabulary of number theory.
- Use number theory as a problem-solving tool.
Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate working knowledge of extensions of the number system.
Objectives:
- Demonstrate a working knowledge of operations with integers, rational numbers and real numbers
- Represent fractions, decimals, and fractional operations pictorially.
- Use ratio, percent, and scientific notation.
- Use real numbers to problem solve.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Problem Solving
- An introduction to problem solving
- Problem solving strategies
- Practice using problem-solving strategies
- An introduction to sets
- Vocabulary, set notation, and symbols
- Set union, intersection, and complements
- The Cartesian product
- Venn diagrams
- Problems solving using sets
- Relations and functions
- Is a set of ordered pairs a function?
- Various methods of expressing a function
- Types of functions
- Linear functions
- Discrete and continuous functions
- Break-even points
- Other types of functions
- Problem solving using functions
- An introduction to logic
- Truth tables
- Euler circles
- The converse of a statement
- Deductive and inductive reasoning
- Problem solving using logic
- Numeration Systems
- Numeration systems and place value
- Historic numeration systems
- Base ten
- Bases other than ten
- Regrouping
- Expanded base ten notation
- Pictorial representation of base ten numbers
- Addition and subtraction
- Multiplication and division
- Estimation and rounding
- Technology
- Various types of calculators
- Serial Logic
- Scientific calculators
- Graphic calculators
- Symbolic logic calculators
- Problem solving using whole numbers
- An Introduction to Number Theory
- Tests for divisibility in base ten
- Prime and composite numbers
- Highest common factor and lowest common multiple
- Problem solving using number theory
- Extensions of the Number System
- Operations with integers, rational numbers, and real numbers
- Pictorial representation of fractions and decimals
- Pictorial representation of fractional operations
- Ratio, percent, and scientific notation
- Problem solving using real numbers
Primary Faculty Oaks, Jonathan Secondary Faculty Associate Dean Somyak, Michael Dean Pritchett, Marie
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MATH 1290 - Mathematics for Education 2 Credit Hours: 4.00 Prerequisites: MATH 1280 with grade C or better or equivalent college course
(formerly MATH 1270)
MATH 1290 is the second of a two-course sequence for elementary education students and includes non-metric geometry, metric geometry, coordinate geometry, the metric system, probability, and statistics.
Contact Hours: 4 Billable Contact Hours: 4 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate working knowledge of data analysis and statistics.
Objectives: During the course, students will:
- Describe data using tables and charts.
- Compute measures of center, variation, and position for a set of data.
- Use normal distribution to solve statistical problems.
- Use technology to solve statistical problems.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate working knowledge of probability.
Objectives: During the course, students will:
- Describe the sample space for an experiment.
- Use sample space to determine the probability of various outcomes.
- Apply the rules of probability to solve problems.
- Use simulation to solve probability problems.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate working knowledge of geometric concepts and relationships.
Objectives: During the course, students will:
- Describe the properties of plane and solid geometric figures.
- Apply symmetries, rotations, and translations to solve geometric problems.
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate working knowledge of measurement.
Objectives: During the course, students will:
- Use non-standard, customary, and metric measurement systems.
- Compute the area and perimeter of plane geometric objects.
- Compute the surface area and volume of solid geometric objects.
Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate working knowledge of congruence and construction.
Objectives: During the course, students will:
- Use congruent triangles to solve geometric problems.
- Use a physical or virtual straight edge and compass to construct various plane geometric figures.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Data analysis and statistics
- Describing and interpreting data
- Charts and graphs
- Measures of center
- Measures of variation and position
- The normal distribution
- Statistics and technology
- Problem solving using statistics
- Probability
- Sample spaces and single-stage experiments
- Multi-state experiments
- The rules of probability
- Simulation activities
- Problem solving suing probability
- Geometric concepts and relationships
- Plane figures
- Properties of polygons
- Space figures
- Symmetric figures and tessellations
- Problem solving using geometry
- Measurement
- Systems of measurement
- Historic measurements
- Non-standard measurements
- The metric system
- Customary measurements
- Area and perimeter
- Volume and surface area
- Problem solving using measurements
- Congruence and construction
- Congruence and constructions
- Similar figures
- Problem solving using congruence
Primary Faculty Oaks, Jonathan Secondary Faculty Associate Dean Somyak, Michael Dean Pritchett, Marie
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MATH 1340 - Statistics Credit Hours: 4.00 Prerequisites: MATH 1000 with grade C or better, or equivalent college course, or an acceptable score on a placement or prerequisite exam
(formerly MATH 1330)
MATH 1340 is for students in those fields where statistical investigations are necessary and includes description of sample data, probability, frequency distributions, sampling, confidence intervals, estimation, testing hypothesis, correlation, chi-square distributions, and nonparametric tests.
Contact Hours: 4 Billable Contact Hours: 4 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to collect and organize data into a table and construct appropriate charts and plots to display the data.
Objectives: Students will:
- Identify types of data.
- Identify levels of measurement.
- Identify sampling methods.
- Create a frequency distribution.
- Create a histogram.
- Create a Pareto chart.
- Create a stem-and-leaf.
- Create a box-plot.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to define, interpret, and calculate measures of central tendency, dispersion, and position.
Objectives: Students will find and interpret:
- The mean, median, mode, and midrange from a data set or frequency table.
- The standard deviation, variance, and range from a data set or frequency table.
- Quartiles, deciles, and percentiles.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to compute probabilities by applying the addition rule, multiplication rule, complement rule, and counting rules.
Objectives: Students will:
- Find and interpret the probability of events that are mutually exclusive.
- Find and interpret the probability of events that are not mutually exclusive.
- Find and interpret the probability of events that are dependent.
- Find and interpret the probability of events that are independent.
- Find and interpret the probability of events using complements.
- Apply counting methods.
- Find and interpret the probability of events using counting methods.
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create, use, and interpret probability distributions, binomial probability distributions, normal probability distributions, student t distributions, and Chi-square distributions.
Objectives: Students will:
- Create, use, and interpret a probability distribution.
- Find and interpret the mean and standard deviation for a probability distribution.
- Create, use, and interpret a binomial probability distribution.
- Find and interpret the mean and standard deviation for a binomial probability distribution.
- Create, use, and interpret a normal probability distribution.
- Use and interpret the student t distribution.
- Use and interpret the Chi-square distribution.
Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create confidence intervals and test hypotheses about a mean or a proportion from a single sample or from two samples and arrive at a statistical decision and be able to estimate sample size.
Objectives: Students will:
- Create and interpret a confidence interval about one population mean.
- Create and interpret a confidence interval about one population proportion.
- Test and interpret a claim about a population mean.
- Students will be able to test and interpret a claim about a population proportion.
- Test and interpret a claim about two population means.
- Determine sample size to estimate a population mean.
Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain what is meant by correlation and regression, and be able to compute the Pearson correlation coefficient for a sample and draw inferences about the population correlation coefficient.
Objectives: Students will:
- Compute the Pearson correlation coefficient for a sample.
- Test and interpret a claim about linear correlation.
- Create and interpret the equation of the regression line.
- Find the best predicted y-value for a given x-value.
Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to test a hypothesis about a multinomial experiment that can be expressed by a contingency or goodness-of-fit table and be able to explain the results.
Objectives: Students will:
- Use and interpret the goodness-of-fit test from a multinomial experiment.
- Use and interpret the test for independence from a contingency table.
Outcome 8: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to construct a control chart for individual values, means, variations, or proportions and be able to interpret control chart to determine whether or not a process is out of statistical control.
Objectives: Students will create and interpret a:
- Runs chart.
- X chart.
- R chart.
Outcome 9: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to use nonparametric tests.
Objectives: Students will create and interpret the:
- Runs test for randomness for n1 <= 20 and n2 <=20.
- Sign test for n <=25.
- Rank correlation test for n <= 30.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Introduction to Statistics
- Types of Data
- Types of Sampling Methods
- Describing and Interpreting Data
- Frequency Tables
- Graphs
- Measures of Center *
- Measures of Variation *
- Measures of Position
- Exploratory Data Analysis *
- Probability
- Basic Probability
- Addition Rule
- Multiplication Rule
- Counting
- Probability Distributions
- Random Variables
- Binomial Probability Distribution
- Mean and Standard Deviation for a Binomial Distribution
- Poisson Distribution
- Normal Probability Distributions
- Standard Normal Distribution
- Nonstandard Normal Distribution
- Central Limit Theorem
- Normal Distribution as Approximation to Binomial Distribution
- Confidence Intervals and Sample Size
- Estimating a Population Mean: Large Samples *
- Estimating a Population Mean: Small Samples *
- Estimation a Population Proportion *
- Determining sample size
- Hypothesis Testing
- Testing a Claim about One Mean: Large Samples *
- Testing a Claim about One Mean: Small Samples *
- Testing a Claim about One Proportion *
- Inferences from Two Samples
- Inferences about Two Means: Independent and Large Samples *
- Inferences about Two Means: Matched Pairs *
- Inferences about Two Proportions *
- Correlation and Regression
- Correlation *
- Regression *
- Multinomial Experiments and Contingency Tables
- Goodness-Of-Fit
- Contingency Tables
- Statistical Process Control
- Control Charts for Variation
- Control Charts for Mean
- Control Charts for Attributes
- Nonparametric Tests
- Sign Test
- Rank Correlation
- Runs Test for Randomness
* These topics will now have time available for the use of additional technology, such as Minitab, Excel, and Graphing calculators. Primary Faculty Donnelly, Christopher Secondary Faculty Wenson, James Associate Dean Somyak, Michael Dean Pritchett, Marie
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MATH 1360 - Finite Mathematics Credit Hours: 4.00 Prerequisites: MATH 1000 with grade C or better, or an equivalent college course, or an acceptable score on a placement or prerequisite exam
MATH 1360 is the first of two mathematics courses for students majoring in the areas of business, social science, or life science and includes applications of linear, quadratic, polynomial, exponential, and logarithmic functions; systems of linear equations and inequalities; algebra of matrices and linear programming; elements of probability theory; and applications of probability.
Contact Hours: 4 Billable Contact Hours: 4 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to apply knowledge of linear and quadratic functions in the areas of business, life sciences, and social sciences.
Objectives
- Identify functions specified by equations.
- Use function notation to represent and evaluate functions at given values.
- Identify linear and quadratic equations and apply their use to business applications.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to apply knowledge of exponential and logarithmic functions in the areas of business, life sciences, and social sciences.
Objectives:
- Identify and graph exponential functions.
- Identify and graph logarithmic functions.
- Apply exponential and logarithmic functions to business, life sciences, economics, and social sciences.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to use simple interest, compound interest, and ordinary annuity formulas to find present value or future value of money and find amortization and sinking fund payments.
Objectives
- Apply the simple interest formula in finance problems.
- Apply the compound interest formula in finance problems.
- Apply the future value formula in problems involving annuities and sinking funds.
- Apply the present value formula in problems involving annuities and amortization.
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to use matrix methods to solve systems of equations and linear programming problems.
Objectives:
- Solve systems of linear equations using matrices.
- Apply the algebra of matrices to applications.
- Solve linear programming problems in two variables geometrically.
- Solve linear programming problems using the Simplex Method.
Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to apply the concepts of counting, probability, and probability distributions to find the probability of events in the context of business, life science, and social science.
Objectives:
- Apply basic counting principles to problems of probability.
- Describe sample spaces and find probability of events.
- Describe random variables and their distributions.
- Solve probability problems using Empirical probabilities.
- Solve applied problems in conditional probability and determine if events are independent.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Elementary Functions
- Linear functions
- Form of Linear Functions
- Graphs of Linear Functions
- Applications of Functions
- Quadratic Functions
- Form of Quadratic Functions
- Graphs of Quadratic Functions
- Applications of Quadratic Functions
- Polynomial and Rational Functions
- Graphs of Polynomial and Rational Functions
- Applications of Polynomial and Rational Functions
- Logarithmic and Exponential Functions
- Properties of Logarithmic and Exponential Functions
- Applications of Logarithmic and Exponential Functions
- Mathematics of Finance
- Simple Interest
- Compound Interest
- Future Value of Ordinary Annuities and Sinking Funds
- Present Value of Ordinary Annuities and Amortization
- Matrices
- Using Matrices to Solve Systems of Linear Equations
- Augmented Matrices
- Gauss-Jordan Elimination
- Matrix Equations
- Linear Programming and the Simplex Method
- Probability
- Basic Counting Principles
- Permutations and Combinations
- Probability Experiments
- Random Variable and Probability Distributions
Primary Faculty Chapman, Lori Secondary Faculty Friday, David Associate Dean Somyak, Michael Dean Pritchett, Marie
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MATH 1370 - Calculus for Business & Social Sciences Credit Hours: 4.00 Prerequisites: MATH 1360 or MATH 1415 or MATH 1465 all with grade C or better, or equivalent college course, or an acceptable score on a placement or prerequisite exam
MATH 1370 is the second of two mathematic courses for students majoring in the areas of business, social science, or life science and includes differentiation techniques, optimization, applications of differentiation, the definite integral, finding areas using integration, and applications of integration.
Contact Hours: 4 Billable Contact Hours: 4 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate basic knowledge of derivatives of functions.
Objectives
- Students will use the power, addition, and subtraction rules to differentiate appropriate functions.
- Students will use the product and quotient rules to differentiate appropriate functions.
- Students will use the chain rule to differentiate appropriate functions.
Outcome 2: Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate basic knowledge of integration of functions.
Objectives:
- Students will use the basic integration rules to integrate appropriate functions.
- Students will use the substitution technique to integrate appropriate functions.
Outcome 3: Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate their ability to apply calculus to solve problems.
Objectives
- Students will find instantaneous rates of change.
- Students will solve minimum and maximum problems.
- Students will find areas of regions bounded by functions and vertical lines.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Functions
- Domain and Range of Functions
- Graphs of Functions
- Slope of Linear Functions
- Differentiation
- Limits and Continuity of Functions
- Calculating Limits Numerically
- Calculating Limits Graphically
- Calculating Limits Analytically
- Rates of Change
- Average Rate of Change
- Instantaneous Rate of Change
- Derivatives of Functions
- Definition of Derivative
- Differentiation Theorems
- Application of Derivatives
- Derivatives of Exponential and Logarithmic Functions
- Integration of Functions
- Indefinite Integration
- Definite Integration
- Area Using Integration
- Methods of Integration
- Applications of Integration
Primary Faculty Oaks, Jonathan Secondary Faculty Zorkot, Mohamed Associate Dean Somyak, Michael Dean Pritchett, Marie
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MATH 1415 - Precalculus I: College Algebra Credit Hours: 4.00 Prerequisites: MATH 1000 with grade C or better, or an equivalent college course, or an acceptable score on a placement or prerequisite exam
(formerly MATH 1410)
No credit after MATH 1410, MATH 1420, MATH 1450, MATH 1460, or MATH 1465. MATH 1415 is the first of two courses whose combined content with MATH 1435 parallels that of MATH 1465. Topics include functions and their graphs, polynomial and rational functions, exponential and logarithmic functions, and conics.
Contact Hours: 4 Billable Contact Hours: 4 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of fundamental concepts of functions.
Objectives: The student will:
- Determine domain, range, intercepts, and graph a function by plotting points.
- Determine if a relation is a function.
- Demonstrate a working knowledge of function notation and terminology.
- Perform operations on functions including the difference quotient.
- Demonstrate a working knowledge of the features of the graph of a function.
- Graph functions using transformations. The functions used should include: x2, x3, |x|, 1/x, 1/x2, square root of x, cube root of x. Use asymptotes to help graph f(x) = 1/x, g(x) = 1/x2, and their transformations.
- Graph piecewise-defined functions.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of polynomial and rational functions.
Objectives: The student will:
- Recognize polynomial and rational functions and determine domain and range of these functions.
- Graph quadratic functions using its vertex, intercepts, and axis of symmetry.
- Graph power functions using transformations.
- Graph and analyze higher order polynomial functions (use end behavior, zeros, and sign tests).
- Find all zeros using Rational Roots Theorem and division of polynomials.
- Use quadratic and polynomial functions in various applications.
- Graph rational functions using asymptotes, zeros, and sign tests.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of exponential and logarithmic functions.
Objectives: The student will:
- Demonstrate a working knowledge of the definition of an exponential function.
- Demonstrate a working knowledge of the definition of a logarithm, including the fact that logarithmic and exponential functions are inverses.
- Use the laws of exponents and properties of logarithms to simplify or evaluate expressions.
- Graph exponential and logarithmic functions using transformations.
- Determine domain and range of exponential and logarithmic functions.
- Use the numbers 10 and e as bases for exponential and logarithmic functions.
- Use properties of logarithms to expand and condense logarithmic expressions.
- Solve exponential and logarithmic equations.
- Solve applications such as exponential growth/decay and other applications in physical science.
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of the equations and graphs of conic sections.
Objectives: The student will:
- Find the center and radius of a circle from its equation and graph.
- Find the vertex, focus, and directrix of a parabola from its equation and graph.
- Identify key features of the ellipse and hyperbola including the center, foci, vertices, and asymptotes from their equations and graph.
- Convert equations of conic sections from general form to standard form.
- Identify a conic section from its equation.
- Find an equation of a conic section from its graph.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Review of Fundamentals of Algebra
- Linear and nonlinear equations and inequalities
- Absolute value equations and inequalities
- Radical equations
- Equations and graphs of lines
- Functions
- Evaluate a function
- Sum, difference, product, quotient, and composition of two functions
- Difference quotient
- The graph of a function
- Vertical Line Test
- Domain, range, and intercepts
- Symmetry
- Even and odd
- Increasing, decreasing, and constant
- Local and absolute extrema
- Evaluate and graph piecewise-defined functions
- Graph functions using transformations
- Vertical and horizontal shifting
- Reflection
- Stretching and compressing
- Polynomial and Rational Functions
- Quadratic functions
- Graph using vertex, axis of symmetry, and intercepts
- Maximum and minimum value
- Quadratic models and optimization
- Graph power functions using transformations
- Zeros of a polynomial function
- Remainder, factor, and rational root theorems
- Division of polynomials including synthetic division
- Fundamental Theorem of Algebra
- Complex zeros and conjugate pairs
- Graph higher-degree polynomial functions
- End behavior (Leading Term Test)
- Zeros and their multiplicity
- Sign tests
- Graph rational functions
- Domain
- Vertical and horizontal asymptotes (optional: slant asymptotes)
- Graph y = 1/x and y = 1/x^2 using transformations, intercepts, and asymptotes
- Graph other rational functions using intercepts, symmetry, asymptotes, and sign tests
- Exponential and Logarithmic Functions
- One-to-one and inverse functions
- Evaluate exponential functions including base 10 and e
- Evaluate logarithmic expressions including base 10 and e
- Graph exponential and logarithmic functions using domain, intercepts, asymptotes, and transformations
- Properties of logarithms including product, quotient, and power rules
- Solve exponential and logarithmic equations
- Financial and exponential growth and decay models
- Conic Sections
- Graph from standard form of the equation with center/vertex at (h,k)
- Circle - use center and radius
- Parabola - use vertex, focus, and directrix
- Ellipse - use center, vertices, and foci
- Hyperbola - use center, vertices, foci, and asymptotes
- Find an equation from the graph
- Write the standard form of the equation from the general form by completing the square
Primary Faculty Miller, Faith Secondary Faculty Donnelly, Christopher Associate Dean Somyak, Michael Dean Pritchett, Marie
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MATH 1435 - Precalculus II: College Trigonometry Credit Hours: 3.00 Prerequisites: MATH 1415 with grade C or better, or an equivalent college course, or an acceptable score on a placement or prerequisite exam
(formerly MATH 1430)
No credit after MATH 1430, MATH 1450, MATH 1460, or MATH 1465. MATH 1435 is the second of two courses whose combined content with MATH 1415 parallels that of MATH 1465. Topics include algebraic and geometric review of the essentials for trigonometry, triangle trigonometry, analytic trigonometry, trigonometric identities, trigonometric functions, inverse trigonometric functions, polar coordinates, polar graphs, and vectors.
Contact Hours: 3 Billable Contact Hours: 3 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of angles and their measure.
Objectives: The student will:
- Draw angles in degrees and radians.
- Convert angles between radians and degrees.
- Find the arc length of a circle.
- Find the area of a sector of a circle.
- Find coterminal and reference angles.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to use and apply the trigonometry of right triangles.
Objectives: The student will:
- Use the sine, cosine, tangent, cotangent, secant, and cosecant ratios to find exact values of trigonometric functions of acute angles.
- Use the Reciprocal, Quotient, and Pythagorean Identities along with Complementary Angle Theorem to find exact trigonometric values of acute angles.
- Solve right triangles and right triangle applications.
- Find the exact values of the trigonometric functions of 30°-60°-90°.
- Find the exact values of the trigonometric functions of 45°-45°-90°.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to evaluate and graph trigonometric functions.
Objectives: The student will:
- Find the exact values of the six trigonometric functions of any angle using a point on the terminal side of the angle.
- Determine the signs of the trigonometric functions of an angle in a given quadrant.
- Use the reference angle to find the exact value of a trigonometric function.
- Find the exact values of the six trigonometric functions of an angle using its corresponding point on the Unit Circle.
- Know the domain and range of the six trigonometric functions.
- Use coterminal angles, periodic properties, and even/odd properties to find exact values of the trigonometric functions.
- Graph the six trigonometric functions f in the form y=Af(Bx-C)+D.
- Find an equation of a trigonometric function from its graph.
- Use the Law of Sines and Law of Cosines to solve non-right triangles and applications.
- Find the area of a triangle.
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate knowledge of analytic trigonometry.
Objectives: The student will:
- Know the domain and range of the six inverse trigonometric functions.
- Find the exact values of inverse trigonometric functions.
- Find the exact values of composite trigonometric functions involving inverses.
- Solve trigonometric equations.
- Establish trigonometric identities using fundamental identities and conjugates.
- Use the sum, difference, double-angle, and half-angle formulas to find exact values and establish identities.
Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate knowledge of and use the polar coordinate system.
Objectives: The student will:
- Plot points using the polar coordinate system.
- Convert between polar coordinates and rectangular coordinates.
- Transform equations between polar and rectangular forms.
- Graph polar equations by plotting points.
Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate knowledge of and use vectors.
Objectives: The student will:
- Graph vectors.
- Find a position vector.
- Add and subtract vectors geometrically and algebraically.
- Find a scalar multiple of a vector.
- Find the magnitude of a vector.
- Find a unit vector.
- Find the dot product of two vectors.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Trigonometric Functions
- Angles and their measure
- Draw angles in degrees and radians
- Convert from degrees to radians
- Convert from radians to degrees
- Find length of an arc of a circle
- Find area of a sector of a circle
- Coterminal and reference angles
- The Unit Circle
- Find the exact values of the six trigonometric functions using a point on the unit circle
- Find the exact values of the six trigonometric functions of quadrantal angles
- Properties of the trigonometric functions
- Find the domain and range of the six trigonometric functions
- Find the period of the six trigonometric functions
- Find the signs of the six trigonometric functions in a given quadrant
- Use transformations to graph y = Asin(Bx-C)+D, y = Acos(Bx-C)+D, y = Atan(Bx-C)+D, y = Acsc(Bx-C)+D, y = Asec(Bx-C)+D, and y= Acot(Bx-C)+D
- Analytic Trigonometry
- Inverse trigonometric functions
- Find the domain and range of the 6 inverse trigonometric functions
- Find the exact value of all 6 inverse trigonometric functions
- Composite functions involving inverses
- Write a trigonometric expression as an algebraic expression in u
- Establish trigonometric identities
- Use fundamental identities
- Use a common denominator, factoring, conjugate, or any other algebraic technique
- Sum and difference formulas
- Find exact values
- Establish identities
- Find exact values involving inverse trigonometric functions
- Double and half-angle formulas
- Find exact values
- Establish identities
- Solving trigonometric equations
- Solve equations involving a single trigonometric function
- Solve equations involving multiple trigonometric functions
- Solve trigonometric equations in quadratic form
- Solve trigonometric equations using identities
- Applications of Trigonometric Functions
- Right triangle trigonometric applications
- Find the value of trigonometric functions of acute angles
- Use the Complementary Angle Theorem
- Solve right triangles
- Solve applied problems including angles of elevation and depression
- Law of Sines
- Solve SAA or ASA Triangles
- Solve SSA Triangles
- Solve Applied Problems
- Law of Cosines
- Solve SAS Triangles
- Solve SSS Triangles
- Solve Applied Problems
- Area of a triangle
- Find the Area of SAS Triangles
- Find the Area of SSS Triangles using Heron’s Formula
- Polar Coordinates
- Polar coordinates
- Plot points using polar coordinates
- Convert from polar coordinates to rectangular coordinates
- Convert from rectangular coordinates to polar coordinates
- Graph polar equations by plotting points
- Vectors
- Graph Vectors
- Find a Position Vector
- Add and Subtract Vectors
- Find a Scalar Product of a Vector
- Find the Magnitude of a Vector
- Find a Unit Vector in the direction of the given vector
- Find the dot product of two vectors
Primary Faculty Miller, Faith Secondary Faculty Castel, Caroline Associate Dean Somyak, Michael Dean Pritchett, Marie
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MATH 1465 - Accelerated Precalculus Credit Hours: 5.00 Prerequisites: MATH 1000 with grade B or better; or an equivalent college course; or an acceptable score on a placement or prerequisite exam
(formerly MATH 1460)
MATH 1465 combines the content of MATH 1415 and MATH 1435 into one course. Topics include functions and their graphs, polynomial and rational functions, exponential and logarithmic functions, conic sections, trigonometric functions, inverse trigonometric functions, analytic trigonometry, polar coordinates, polar graphs, and vectors.
Contact Hours: 5 Billable Contact Hours: 5 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of fundamental concepts of functions.
Objectives: The student will:
- Determine domain, range, intercepts, and graph a function by plotting points.
- Determine if a relation is a function.
- Demonstrate a working knowledge of function notation and terminology.
- Perform operations on functions including the difference quotient.
- Demonstrate a working knowledge of the features of the graph of a function.
- Graph functions using transformations. The functions used should include: x2, x3, |x|, 1/x, 1/x2, square root of x, cube root of x. Use asymptotes to help graph f(x) = 1/x, g(x) = 1/x2, and their transformations.
- Graph piecewise-defined functions.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of polynomial and rational functions.
Objectives: The student will:
- Recognize polynomial and rational functions and determine domain and range of these functions.
- Graph quadratic functions using its vertex, intercepts, and axis of symmetry.
- Graph power functions using transformations.
- Graph and analyze higher order polynomial functions (use end behavior, zeros, and sign tests).
- Find all zeros using Rational Roots Theorem and division of polynomials.
- Use quadratic and polynomial functions in various applications.
- Graph rational functions using asymptotes, zeros, and sign tests.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of exponential and logarithmic functions.
Objectives: The student will:
- Demonstrate a working knowledge of the definition of an exponential function.
- Demonstrate a working knowledge of the definition of a logarithm, including the fact that logarithmic and exponential functions are inverses.
- Use the laws of exponents and properties of logarithms to simplify or evaluate expressions.
- Graph exponential and logarithmic functions using transformations.
- Determine domain and range of exponential and logarithmic functions.
- Use the numbers 10 and e as bases for exponential and logarithmic functions.
- Use properties of logarithms to expand and condense logarithmic expressions.
- Solve exponential and logarithmic equations.
- Solve applications such as exponential growth/decay and other applications in physical science.
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of the equations and graphs of conic sections.
Objectives: The student will:
- Find the center and radius of a circle from its equation and graph.
- Find the vertex, focus, and directrix of a parabola from its equation and graph.
- Identify key features of the ellipse and hyperbola including the center, foci, vertices, and asymptotes from their equations and graph.
- Convert equations of conic sections from general form to standard form.
- Identify a conic section from its equation.
- Find an equation of a conic section from its graph.
Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of angles and their measure.
Objectives: The student will:
- Draw angles in degrees and radians.
- Convert angles between radians and degrees.
- Find the arc length of a circle.
- Find the area of a sector of a circle.
- Find coterminal and reference angles.
Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to use and apply the trigonometry of right triangles.
Objectives: The student will:
- Use the sine, cosine, tangent, cotangent, secant, and cosecant ratios to find exact values of trigonometric functions of acute angles.
- Use the Reciprocal, Quotient, and Pythagorean Identities along with Complementary Angle Theorem to find exact trigonometric values of acute angles.
- Solve right triangles and right triangle applications.
- Find the exact values of the trigonometric functions of 30°-60°-90°.
- Find the exact values of the trigonometric functions of 45°-45°-90°.
Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to evaluate and graph trigonometric functions.
Objectives: The student will:
- Find the exact values of the six trigonometric functions of any angle using a point on the terminal side of the angle.
- Determine the signs of the trigonometric functions of an angle in a given quadrant.
- Use the reference angle to find the exact value of a trigonometric function.
- Find the exact values of the six trigonometric functions of an angle using its corresponding point on the Unit Circle.
- Know the domain and range of the six trigonometric functions.
- Use coterminal angles, periodic properties, and even/odd properties to find exact values of the trigonometric functions.
- Graph the six trigonometric functions f in the form y=Af(Bx-C)+D.
- Find an equation of a trigonometric function from its graph.
- Use the Law of Sines and Law of Cosines to solve non-right triangles and applications.
- Find the area of a triangle.
Outcome 8: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate knowledge of analytic trigonometry.
Objectives: The student will:
- Know the domain and range of the six inverse trigonometric functions.
- Find the exact values of inverse trigonometric functions.
- Find the exact values of composite trigonometric functions involving inverses.
- Solve trigonometric equations.
- Establish trigonometric identities using fundamental identities and conjugates.
- Use the sum, difference, double-angle, and half-angle formulas to find exact values and establish identities.
Outcome 9: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate knowledge of and use the polar coordinate system.
Objectives: The student will:
- Plot points using the polar coordinate system.
- Convert between polar coordinates and rectangular coordinates.
- Transform equations between polar and rectangular forms.
- Graph polar equations by plotting points.
Outcome 10: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate knowledge of and use vectors.
Objectives: The student will:
- Graph vectors.
- Find a position vector.
- Add and subtract vectors geometrically and algebraically.
- Find a scalar multiple of a vector.
- Find the magnitude of a vector.
- Find a unit vector.
- Find the dot product of two vectors.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Functions
- Evaluate a function
- Sum, difference, product, quotient, and composition of two functions
- Difference quotient
- The graph of a function
- Vertical Line Test
- Domain, range, and intercepts
- Symmetry
- Even and odd
- Increasing, decreasing, and constant
- Local and absolute extrema
- Evaluate and graph piecewise-defined functions
- Graph functions using transformations
- Vertical and horizontal shifting
- Reflection
- Stretching and compressing
- Polynomial and Rational Functions
- Quadratic functions
- Graph using vertex, axis of symmetry, and intercepts
- Maximum and minimum value
- Quadratic models and optimization
- Graph power functions using transformations
- Zeros of a polynomial function
- Remainder, factor, and rational root theorems
- Division of polynomials including synthetic division
- Fundamental Theorem of Algebra
- Complex zeros and conjugate pairs
- Graph higher-degree polynomial functions
- End behavior (Leading Term Test)
- Zeros and their multiplicity
- Sign tests
- Graph rational functions
- Domain
- Vertical and horizontal asymptotes (optional: slant asymptotes)
- Graph y = 1/x and y = 1/x^2 using transformations, intercepts, and asymptotes
- Graph other rational functions using intercepts, symmetry, asymptotes, and sign tests
- Exponential and Logarithmic Functions
- One-to-one and inverse functions
- Evaluate exponential functions including base 10 and e
- Evaluate logarithmic expressions including base 10 and e
- Graph exponential and logarithmic functions using domain, intercepts, asymptotes, and transformations
- Properties of logarithms including product, quotient, and power rules
- Solve exponential and logarithmic equations
- Financial and exponential growth and decay models
- Conic Sections
- Graph from standard form of the equation with center/vertex at (h,k)
- Circle - use center and radius
- Parabola - use vertex, focus, and directrix
- Ellipse - use center, vertices, and foci
- Hyperbola - use center, vertices, foci, and asymptotes
- Find an equation from the graph
- Write the standard form of the equation from the general form by completing the square
- Trigonometric Functions
- Angles and their measure
- Draw angles in degrees and radians
- Convert from degrees to radians
- Convert from radians to degrees
- Find length of an arc of a circle
- Find area of a sector of a circle
- Coterminal and reference angles
- The Unit Circle
- Find the exact values of the six trigonometric functions using a point on the unit circle
- Find the exact values of the six trigonometric functions of quadrantal angles
- Properties of the trigonometric functions
- Find the domain and range of the six trigonometric functions
- Find the period of the six trigonometric functions
- Find the signs of the six trigonometric functions in a given quadrant
- Use transformations to graph y = Asin(Bx-C)+D, y = Acos(Bx-C)+D, y = Atan(Bx-C)+D, y = Acsc(Bx-C)+D, y = Asec(Bx-C)+D, and y= Acot(Bx-C)+D
- Analytic Trigonometry
- Inverse trigonometric functions
- Find the domain and range of the 6 inverse trigonometric functions
- Find the exact value of all 6 inverse trigonometric functions
- Composite functions involving inverses
- Write a trigonometric expression as an algebraic expression in u
- Establish trigonometric identities
- Use fundamental identities
- Use a common denominator, factoring, conjugate, or any other algebraic technique
- Sum and difference formulas
- Find exact values
- Establish identities
- Find exact values involving inverse trigonometric functions
- Double and half-angle formulas
- Find exact values
- Establish identities
- Solving trigonometric equations
- Solve equations involving a single trigonometric function
- Solve equations involving multiple trigonometric functions
- Solve trigonometric equations in quadratic form
- Solve trigonometric equations using identities
- Applications of Trigonometric Functions
- Right triangle trigonometric applications
- Find the value of trigonometric functions of acute angles
- Use the Complementary Angle Theorem
- Solve right triangles
- Solve applied problems including angles of elevation and depression
- Law of Sines
- Solve SAA or ASA Triangles
- Solve SSA Triangles
- Solve Applied Problems
- Law of Cosines
- Solve SAS Triangles
- Solve SSS Triangles
- Solve Applied Problems
- Area of a triangle
- Find the Area of SAS Triangles
- Find the Area of SSS Triangles using Heron’s Formula
- Polar Coordinates
- Polar coordinates
- Plot points using polar coordinates
- Convert from polar coordinates to rectangular coordinates
- Convert from rectangular coordinates to polar coordinates
- Graph polar equations by plotting points
- Vectors
- Graph Vectors
- Find a Position Vector
- Add and Subtract Vectors
- Find a Scalar Product of a Vector
- Find the Magnitude of a Vector
- Find a Unit Vector in the direction of the given vector
- Find the dot product of two vectors
Primary Faculty Miller, Faith Secondary Faculty Friday, David Associate Dean Somyak, Michael Dean Pritchett, Marie
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MATH 1760 - Analytic Geometry & Calculus 1 Credit Hours: 4.00 Prerequisites: MATH 1435 or MATH 1465 with grade C or better, or equivalent college course, or an acceptable score on a placement or prerequisite exam
MATH 1760 is part of the sequence of courses required for most engineering, science, and mathematics majors and includes limits; continuity; differentiation of algebraic and transcendental functions including trigonometric, inverse trigonometric, logarithmic, and exponential functions; mean-value theorem; applications of the derivative to curve sketching; optimization; related rates; conics; differentials; anti-differentiation of algebraic and trigonometric functions; the definite integral; the fundamental theorem of calculus; application of the definite integral to areas; and numerical integration.
Contact Hours: 4 Billable Contact Hours: 4 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to evaluate limits numerically, graphically, and analytically.
Objectives: Students will:
- Examine a data table for a function and make reasonable conjectures about limits.
- Examine the graph of a function and make reasonable conjectures about limits.
- Recognize indeterminate forms 0/0 and infinity/infinity.
- Find limits of appropriate functions using the rules of limits.
- Use limits to determine asymptotes of appropriate functions.
- Recognize indeterminate forms 0/0 and infinity/infinity, 0*infinity, infinity-infinity, 0^0, 1^infinity, infinity^0 and find limits using L’Hopital’s Rule.
Outcome 2: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to analyze the continuity of a function graphically and analytically.
Objectives: Students will:
- Examine a function graphically and make reasonable conjectures about continuity at a point.
- Use the definition to determine whether a function is continuous at a point.
- Determine the intervals on which a function is continuous.
- Classify continuities using limits to justify.
Outcome 3: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to calculate the derivative of a function numerically and analytically.
Objectives: Students will:
- Know the definition of a derivative.
- Use the definition of a derivative to approximate a derivative numerically.
- Use the definition of a derivative to find the derivative of an algebraic function.
- Use the rules and formulas to differentiate appropriate functions.
- Differentiate exponential and logarithmic functions of any base.
- Differentiate trigonometric and inverse trigonometric functions.
- Find the derivative of an implicitly defined function.
- Use logarithmic differentiation to differentiate functions of the form f(x)^g(x).
Outcome 4: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to calculate antiderivatives and to use them to solve basic differential equations.
Objectives: Students will:
- Know the relationship between a derivative and an antiderivative.
- Find the antiderivative of basic functions by rules and substitutions.
- Solve simple differential equations.
Outcome 5: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to calculate a definite integral numerically and analytically.
Objectives: Students will:
- Approximate definite integrals by appropriate numerical methods.
- Find the definite integral of appropriate functions by the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus.
Outcome 6: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to use derivatives obtain tangent lines and to deduce detailed information about the shape of a function’s graph.
Objectives: Students will:
- Find the equation of the tangent line to the graph of a function at a given point.
- Write the equation of a tangent line to an implicitly defined function.
- Determine intervals of increasing and decreasing behavior of appropriate functions.
- Determine extrema of appropriate functions.
- Determine concavity of appropriate functions.
- Sketch the graph of a function using the first and second derivative.
Outcome 7: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to use derivatives to solve appropriate applications.
Objectives: Students will:
- Use derivatives to solve applications involving extrema.
- Use derivatives to solve applications involving related rates of change.
Outcome 8: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to use definite integrals to calculate areas.
Objectives: Students will:
- Use a definite integral to find the area between the graph of a function and the x-axis.
- Use a definite integral to find the area between the graphs of functions.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Review
- Lines
- Functions and graphs
- Concepts
- Average rate of change
- Secant lines
- Instantaneous rate of change
- Tangent lines
- Limits, limits at infinity & infinite limits
- The derivative
- Differentiation
- Constants and the power rule
- Product & quotient rules
- Trigonometric functions
- Logarithmic and exponential functions
- Inverse trigonometric functions
- Composite functions and the chain rule
- Implicit differentiation
- The Derivative and Application
- Rates of change
- Slope of a tangent line
- Related rates
- The shape of a graph
- The Mean Value Theorem
- Optimization
- Differentials
- Indeterminate forms and L’Hopital’s rule
- Integration
- Indefinite integrals
- Integration Rules
- Integration by substitution
- Differential equations
- Riemann sums and the definite integral
- The Mean Value and Fundamental Theorems
- Numerical Integration
- Area between curves
Primary Faculty Halfaf, Matt Secondary Faculty Williams, Paul Associate Dean Somyak, Michael Dean Pritchett, Marie
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MATH 1770 - Analytic Geometry & Calculus 2 Credit Hours: 4.00 Prerequisites: MATH 1760 with grade C or better, or an equivalent college course, or an acceptable score on a placement or prerequisite exam
MATH 1770 is part of the sequence of courses required for most engineering, science, and mathematics majors and includes volumes of solids of revolution; improper integrals; sequences and series; Taylor series; Maclaurin series; differentiation and integration of power series; and calculus with parametric and polar curves.
Contact Hours: 4 Billable Contact Hours: 4 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to determine the volumes of solids of revolution.
Objectives: Students will:
- Calculate the volumes of solids of revolution using circular discs and washers.
- Calculate the volumes of solids of revolution using the cylindrical shells method.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to determine the arc length and the surface area of solids of revolution.
Objectives: Students will:
- Determine the arc length by using the arc length formula.
- Use formulas to find the surface area of solids at revolution.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to evaluate integrals using trigonometric substitution, integration by parts, partial fractions, and by the integral tables.
Objectives: Students will:
- Evaluate integrals using trigonometric substitution.
- Use the trigonometric formulas from memory.
- Evaluate integrals using integration by parts and the tabular method.
- Evaluate integrals by utilizing partial fractions.
- Evaluate the integrals for powers of trigonometric functions.
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to evaluate improper integrals.
Objectives: Students will:
- Recognize improper integrals.
- Recognize if an improper integral is convergent or divergent.
- Evaluate an improper integrals with a discontinuous integrand, as well as one with an unbounded domain.
- Use the direct comparison test.
Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to determine the convergence or divergence of sequences.
Objectives: Students will:
- Recognize infinite sequences.
- Use the squeeze theorem for convergent or divergent sequences.
- Recognize bounded and unbounded sequences.
Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to determine convergence or divergence of infinite series.
Objectives: Students will:
- Recognize infinite series.
- Recognize geometric series and determine convergence or divergence.
- Utilize the tail test for divergence.
- Recognize harmonic series.
- Use the integral test and comparison tests for convergence or divergence of infinite series.
- Use the p-series to determine convergence or divergence.
- Use the alternating series test (Leibniz test) to determine convergence or divergence.
- Use the ratio and root tests to determine the absolute convergence of infinite series.
- Use the properties of series.
Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, the student will have a working knowledge of power series.
Objectives: Students will:
- Recognize if the power series centered at the origin or at another number.
- Find the radius and the interval of convergence of a power series.
- Differentiate and integrate power series.
Outcome 8: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to represent functions by using Taylor and Maclaurin series.
Objectives: Students will:
- Represent functions like sin x, cos x, ex, ln x, and tan-1 x by using Maclaurin and Taylor series.
- Find the Taylor polynomial of certain functions of degree < 5.
Outcome 9: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to solve problems, use algorithms, and comprehension of concepts related to parametric equations and calculus with parametric and polar curves.
Objectives: Student will:
- Express the equation of a conic in parametric form.
- Eliminate the parameter from parametric equations and graph the equation.
- Find slope and concavity of a curve described parametrically without eliminating the parameter.
- Find the slope of a polar fuction without converting to rectangular coordinates.
- Find the area enclosed by and length of a polar curve.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Review
- Rules for derivatives, constant and the power rule, product and quotient rule, trigonometric functions, logarithmic and exponential base e, composite functions and the chain rule, implicit differentiation
- Indefinite integrals, required department formulas, the fundamental theorem of calculus, initial value problems, area between curves
- Solids of revolution
- Disks, washers, and shell methods
- Arc length and surface area
- Methods of integration
- Basic integration formulas, integration by parts and partial fractions
- Algebraic and trigonometric substitutions
- Powers of trigonometric functions
- Improper integrals
- Limits and properties of sequences
- Series
- Convergence of series
- The nth term test for divergence
- The integral test
- The direct and comparison tests
- The Leibniz alternating series test
- The ratio and root tests
- Absolute and conditional convergence
- Power series
- Center, radius, and interval of convergence
- Taylor and Maclaurin series
- Differentiation and integration of power series
- The binomial series (optional)
- Calculus with Parametric Equations and Polar Coordinates
- Express the equation of a conic in parametric form
- Eliminate the parameter from parametric equation and graph the equation
- Find slope and concavity of a curve described parametrically without eliminating the parameter
- Areas and lengths in polar coordinates
Primary Faculty Zorkot, Mohamed Secondary Faculty Halfaf, Matt Associate Dean Somyak, Michael Dean Pritchett, Marie
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MATH 2000 - Introduction to Linear Algebra Credit Hours: 3.00 Prerequisites: MATH 1760 with grade C or better, or equivalent college course, or an acceptable score on a placement or prerequisite exam
This course covers systems of linear equations; the algebra of matrices; determinants and their applications; the theory of vector spaces, with emphasis on Euclidean n-space; linear transformations and their matrix representations; eigenvalues and eigenvectors; similar matrices; symmetric matrices; the spectral theorem, and applications.
Contact Hours: 3 Billable Contact Hours: 3 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course the student will solve problems, use algorithms and demonstrate comprehension of concepts from: Linear systems of equations and their applications.
Objectives: Students will:
- Solve linear systems by elimination.
- Describe solutions of systems geometrically and algebraically.
- Define and reduce matrices to reduced row echelon form.
- Use the Gaussian elimination to solve linear systems by forming an augmented matrix.
- Use the Gauss-Jordan elimination to solve homogeneous and non homogeneous systems.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course the student will solve problems, use algorithms and demonstrate comprehension of concepts from: Matrices and their operations.
Objectives: Students will:
- Perform the matrix operation.
- Work with the properties of matrices.
- Calculate the inverse of a matrix by using a formula or by reducing a n x 2n matrix.
- Determine the operations on elementary matrices.
- Solve linear system Ax = b by using A-1 .
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course the student will solve problems, use algorithms and demonstrate comprehension of concepts from: Determinants and their properties.
Objectives: Students will:
- Evaluate the determinant of a matrix.
- Use determinant to determine whether or not the inverse of a matrix exists.
- Use elementary operation to evaluate determinants.
- Work with the properties of determinants.
- Use Cramer’s rule and determine to solve systems of linear equations of the form Ax = b, |A| not equal to 0.
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course the student will solve problems, use algorithms and demonstrate comprehension of concepts from: Vector space.
Objectives: Students will:
- Test sets for a vector space.
- Establish a list of vector properties
- Test a subset for a subspace of a vector space.
- Test a solution vector of a homogeneous system to be a subspace of Rn
- Define a linear combination of vectors v1, v2,…vn.
- Test for spaces that are spanned by vectors.
- Test for linearly independent and linearly dependent sets.
- Determine whether a set is a basis for Rn
- Test for bases of a vector space.
- Determine the dimension of a vector space and a solution space.
- Find bases for a row space, column space and null space.
Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course the student will solve problems, use algorithms and demonstrate comprehension of concepts from: Inner product spaces.
Objectives: Students will:
- Define Euclidean inner product R2, on R3 and Rn
- Define the length and distance in the inner product space.
- Define the norm in Rn
- Calculate an angle in the inner product space.
- Establish the orthogonality in the inner product space.
- Use the Gram-Schmidt process to find orthonormal bases for the inner product space.
- Test for linear independent of orthogonal set in the inner space.
- Find the coordinates of a vector v relative to orthonormal bases, and express v in terms of orthonormal bases.
- Define orthogonal matrices.
Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course the student will solve problems, use algorithms and demonstrate comprehension of concepts from: Eigenvalues and eigen vectors of a matrix.
Objectives: Students will:
- Find the eigenvalues and eigenvectors of a matrix.
- Find the eigenvalues and eigenvectors of a powers of a matrix.
- Test for diagonalizable matrices.
- Define similar matrices.
- Discuss the properties of a similar matrix.
- Compute powers of a matrix.
- Discuss orthogonal diagonalization of a symmetric matrix.
- Use the eigenvalues and eigenvectors to express a general conic in standard form; find the angle of rotation and sketch.
Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course the student will solve problems, use algorithms and demonstrate comprehension of concepts from: Linear Transformations.
Objectives: Students will:
- Define Linear Transformation T: V –> W
- Discuss zero and identity transformations
- Determine whether or not a transformation is linear
- Find the standard matrix of a linear transformation
- Find the Kernel and range of a linear transformation
- Determine the rank and nullity of a linear transformation
- Find the change of bases
- Find nonstandard matrices of a linear transformation
- Find matrices of sum, product, composition, and inverse of a linear transformation
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Systems of Linear Equations
- Introduction to Systems of Linear Equations
- Gaussian Elimination and Gauss-Jordan Elimination
- Solving Systems of Homogeneous Linear Equations
- Solve Applications
- Matrices
- Operations with Matrices
- Properties of Matrix Operations
- The Inverse of a Matrix
- Elementary Matrices
- Solve Systems by Using Inverse Matrices
- Determinants
- The Determinant of a Matrix
- Evaluation of a Determinant Using Elementary Operations
- Properties of Determinants
- Solve Systems by Using Cramer’s Rule
- Use Determinants to find the Inverse of a Matrix
- Vector space
- Vectors in Plane End Space
- Subspaces of Vector Spaces
- Spanning Sets and Linear Independence
- Basis and Dimension
- Rank of a Matrix and Systems of Linear Equations
- Coordinates and Change of Basis
- Applications of Vector Spaces
- Inner Product Spaces
- Length and Dot Product in Rn
- Inner Product Spaces
- Orthonormal Bases: Gram-Schmidt Process
- Applications of Inner Product Spaces
- Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors
- Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors
- Diagonalization
- Symmetric Matrices and Orthogonal Diagonalization
- Use Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors to Rotate Axis and Sketch General Conic Sections
- Linear Transformations
- Introduction to Linear Transformations
- The Kernel and Range of a Linear Transformation
- Standard and Non-Standard matrices for Linear Transformations
- Transition Matrices
- Applications of Linear Transformations
Primary Faculty Friday, David Secondary Faculty Williams, Paul Associate Dean Somyak, Michael Dean Pritchett, Marie
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MATH 2200 - Discrete Mathematics Credit Hours: 4.00 Prerequisites: MATH 1760 with grade C or better, or equivalent college course, or an acceptable score on placement or prerequisite exam
MATH 2200 is an introduction to logic, circuits, graphs, trees, matrices, algorithms, combinatorics and relations within the context of applications to computer science.
Contact Hours: 4 Billable Contact Hours: 4 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the student will build the truth table for a complex Boolean expression and draw the corresponding circuit diagram.
Objectives:
- Translate English statements into logical expressions using propositions and connectives.
- Translate English statements into symbolic expressions involving predicates and quantifiers.
- Translate a symbolic logical expression into English.
- Construct truth tables for compound proposition.
- Demonstrate two expressions are logically equivalent using truth tables.
- Show that two expressions are logically equivalent using laws of logic.
- Determine the truth-value of an expression involving quantifiers.
- Construct truth tables for Boolean functions.
- Construct a logic circuit corresponding to a Boolean function.
- Determine the output from a logic circuit.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the student will perform basic set operations.
Objectives:
- Use set builder notation.
- Work with subsets.
- Find combinations of sets involving unions, intersections, compliments and Cartesian products.
- Show that two sets are equal by: showing that they are subsets of each other, using laws of set operations, using membership tables, and using Venn diagrams.
- Determine the cardinality of a set using the principle in inclusion-exclusion.
- Determine if a relation is a function.
- Determine whether a function is a bijection.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the student will draw and explain the significance of graphs and trees.
Objectives:
- Recognize the difference between a simple graph, a multigraph, and a psuedograph.
- Construct an adjacency matrix for graph.
- Construct a graph from its adjacency matrix.
- Use the adjacency matrix to determine the number of paths of a fixed length from one vertex to another.
- Determine the degrees of the vertices of a graph.
- Determine if a graph is bipartite.
- Determine if a graph has an Euler cycle.
- Construct an incidence matrix for a graph.
- Determine if two graphs are isomorphic and verify the result.
- Use a digraph to represent a relation.
- Determine if the relation is an equivalence relation.
- Determine if a graph is a tree.
- Determine if a tree is balanced.
- Work with the relationship between the number of vertices, internal vertices, and leaves for a full m-ary tree.
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, the student will calculate permutations and combinations.
Objectives:
- Determine the cardinality of a set using the multiplication principle.
- Count the number of possible outcomes using the sum rule.
- Work with the pigeonhole principle.
- Count the number of possible outcomes using permutations.
- Count the number of possible outcomes using combinations.
- Use the binomial theorem to expand a binomial.
- Use the above counting techniques to determine the probability of an event.
Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, the student will identify and analyze recurrence relations.
Objectives:
- Provide a simple formula for geometric and arithmetic sequences.
- Compute the first 5 terms of sequence defined recursively.
- Prove a result using mathematical induction.
- Find the solution of a simple recurrence formula using an iterative approach.
- Solve a linear homogeneous recurrence relation with constant coefficients using the characteristic polynomial.
- Construct a simple algorithm using psuedocode.
- Measure the complexity of a program in psuedocode using big-o and big-theta measurements.
- Work with the division algorithm and modular arithmetic.
- Convert numbers from one base to another with emphasis on binary, octal, and hexadecimal number systems.
- Use the Euclidean algorithm.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Logic
- Propositional calculus
- Language of propositions
- Symbolic representation
- Truth tables
- Laws of logic
- Logical equivalence
- Predicate calculus
- Symbolic representation
- Quantifiers
- Language of quantifiers
- Symbolic representation
- The truth-value of a logical expression using predicates and quantifiers
- Nested quantifiers
- Boolean Algebra
- Boolean arithmetic
- Boolean functions
- Logic Circuits
- Sets
- Set operations: unions, intersections, complements, and Cartesian products
- Relations and functions
- Images
- Properties of functions: injection, surjection, and bijection
- Inverse functions
- Algorithms
- Search algorithms
- Linear
- Binary
- Sorting algorithms
- Bubble sort
- Insert sort
- Big-O, Big-Omega, Big-Theta
- Complexity of algorithms
- Integers
- Prime numbers and composite numbers
- Division algorithm
- Modular arithmetic
- Other bases
- Euclidian algorithm
- Sequences
- Summation
- Finite geometric series
- Mathematical induction
- Counting
- Product rule
- Sum rule
- The Pigeonhole Principle
- Permutations
- Combinations
- Binomial coefficients
- Binomial theorem
- Finite probability
- Modeling with recurrence relations
- Solving homogeneous recurrence relations with constant coefficients
- Graph theory
- Types of graphs
- Graph terminology
- Paths and cycles
- Degree of a vertex
- Euler Cycles
- Matrix representations of graphs
- Isomorphic of graphs
- Trees
- Tree terminology
- Properties of trees
Primary Faculty Williams, Paul Secondary Faculty Halfaf, Matt Associate Dean Somyak, Michael Dean Pritchett, Marie
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MATH 2760 - Analytic Geometry & Calculus 3 Credit Hours: 4.00 Prerequisites: MATH 1770 with grade C or better, or an equivalent college course, or an acceptable score on a placement or prerequisite exam
MATH 2760 is part of a sequence of courses required for most engineering, science, and mathematics majors and includes concepts and procedures from vector algebra, vector calculus, quadric surfaces, calculus of functions of two and three variables, multiple integrals, line integrals, surface integrals, and calculus with vector fields including the theorems of Stokes and Gauss.
Contact Hours: 4 Billable Contact Hours: 4 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate competency with vectors and vector algebra in the plane and in space, and to apply these tools to various geometric measurements.
Objectives: Students will:
- Add and subtract vectors and be able to geometrically represent these operations.
- Find a scalar multiple of a vector and be able to represent it graphically.
- Calculate a dot product of two vectors.
- Calculate the work done by a force as it moves an object.
- Find the angle between two vectors.
- Find the scalar projection and vector projection of one vector onto another.
- Use projections to find the distances between: a point and a line, a point and a plane, two lines.
- Calculate a cross product of vectors and demonstrate knowledge of its geometric interpretation.
- Find the equation of a line in R2 and R3 in vector nonparametric form.
- Find the symmetric equations of line in R3.
- Find the equation of a plane in vector nonparametric form.
- Be able to rewrite a vector equation in Cartesian nonparametric form.
- Calculate a box product and demonstrate knowledge of its geometric interpretation.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to perform calculus on vector valued functions and obtain measurements in geometry and kinematics.
Objectives: Students will:
- Express the equation of a line in vector parametric form and scalar parametric form.
- Differentiate a vector-valued function.
- Find the velocity, speed and acceleration vectors of a particle in space given its position function.
- Find the length of an arc described parametrically or as a vector-valued function.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to recognize quadric surfaces and their equations, graph quadric surfaces, and obtain traces of quadric surfaces.
Objectives: Students will:
- Recognize the equation of the following quadric surfaces: ellipsoids, hyperboloids of one sheet, hyperboloids of two sheets, elliptic cones, elliptic paraboloids, and hyperbolic paraboloids.
- Graph the following quadric surfaces: ellipsoids, hyperboloids of one sheet, hyperboloids of two sheets, elliptic cones, elliptic paraboloids, and hyperbolic paraboloids.
- Find the traces of a quadric surface.
- Find the cross section of a quadric surface with a plane perpendicular to one of the coordinate axes.
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to find the domain and range, calculate limits, and perform differential calculus on functions of two or three variables, as well as to use differential calculus to analyze the shape of a graph and to solve optimization problems.
Objectives: Students will:
- Graph a function of 2 variables and identify its domain and range.
- Find the limit of a function of several variables.
- Find the partial derivatives of a function of several variables and interpret the derivative geometrically.
- Find the total differential of a function of several variables and use it in an application
- Use the chain rule for function of several variables to find a partial derivative of a function.
- Find the directional derivative of a function of two or three variables in any direction.
- Find the gradient of a function in two or three variables.
- Find the maximum value of the directional derivative and a unit vector in the direction of the maximum directional derivative at a given point for a function of two or three variables.
- Find the equation of a line normal to and the line tangent to a level curve at a given point.
- Find the equation of a line normal to and the plane tangent to a level surface at a given point.
- Find critical points of a function in two or three variables.
- Classify relative extrema of functions of two variables using the second derivative test.
- Use second derivative test to find the optimum solution of an applied problem.
- Use the method of Lagrange multipliers to solve constrained optimization problems.
- Use the method of Lagrange multipliers to solve applied constrained optimization problems.
Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to evaluate double and triple integrals in rectangular, polar, cylindrical, and spherical coordinates, and to apply these tools to calculate areas and volumes.
Objectives: Students will:
- Evaluate an iterated integral.
- Reverse the order of integration of an iterated integral.
- Convert a double integral to an iterated integral.
- Use a double integral to find the area of a region in the plane.
- Use a double integral to find the volume of a solid.
- Use polar coordinates to evaluate a double integral.
- Use a threefold iterated integral to evaluate a triple integral
- Use a triple integral to find the volume of a solid.
- Use cylindrical coordinates to evaluate a triple integral.
- Use spherical coordinates to evaluate a triple integral.
- Use a double integral to calculate the area of a surface.
Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to perform calculus on vector fields, with topics including divergence, curl, line integrals, and surface integrals, as well as to manipulate integrals using the fundamental theorem, Green’s theorem, the divergence theorem, and Stokes’ theorem.
Objectives: Students will:
- Evaluate a line integral over a curve described in scalar parametric form.
- Use the dot product to evaluate a line integral on a curve given in scalar Cartesian.
- Use line integral to calculate the work done by a force moving a particle along a curve.
- Use Green’s theorem to evaluate an appropriate line integral.
- Evaluate a line integral using the fundamental theorem.
- Calculate the divergence and the curl of a vector field.
- Find the area of a parametric surface.
- Evaluate a surface integral.
- Use Stokes’ theorem.
- Use the divergence theorem.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Vectors
- Vector operations
- Addition/subtraction
- Scalar multiplication
- Dot Product
- Cross product
- Box product
- Analytic Geometry
- The angle between two vectors
- The projection of one vector onto another
- Equations of a line in both parametric and nonparametric forms
- Equations of a plane in both parametric and nonparametric forms
- Using the projection to find the distance between two objects in the plane or in space.
- Vector valued functions and parametric equations
- Graphs of parametric equations and vector valued functions
- Limits of vector valued functions
- Continuity of vector valued functions
- Differentiation of vector valued functions
- Velocity, speed and acceleration of a particle in space
- The length of an arc described parametrically or by a vector valued function
- Surfaces in space
- Intercepts, traces, and cross sections
- Cylinders
- Quadric surfaces
- Graphs of functions of 2 variables
- Functions of several variables
- Domains of functions of more than one variable
- Limits of functions of more than one variable
- Continuity of functions of 2 or 3 variables
- Partial derivatives
- Total Differential
- Chain rule for functions of several variables
- Directional derivatives and gradients
- Tangent Planes and normal lines
- Extrema for functions of 2 variables
- Lagrange multipliers
- Multiple integration
- Iterated integrals
- Double integrals
- Areas and volumes
- Using polar coordinates to evaluate a double integral
- Triple integrals
- Volumes
- E Using spherical and cylindrical coordinates to evaluate a triple integral
- Surface area
- Vector calculus
- Line integrals of conservative and non-conservative vector fields over closed and non-closed curves
- The fundamental theorem of line integrals
- Green’s Theorem
- Divergence and Curl
- Parametric surfaces and their areas
- Surface integrals
- Stokes’ theorem
- Divergence theorem
Primary Faculty Williams, Paul Secondary Faculty Friday, David Associate Dean Somyak, Michael Dean Pritchett, Marie
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MATH 2770 - Differential Equations Credit Hours: 4.00 Prerequisites: MATH 2000 and MATH 2760 with grade C or better, or equivalent college course
MATH 2770 is part of the sequence of courses required for most engineering, science, and mathematics majors and includes first order differential equations and their applications, higher order differential equations and their applications, differential operators, the Laplace Transform, systems of linear differential equations, series solutions of differential equations, and numerical methods for solving differential equations.
Contact Hours: 4 Billable Contact Hours: 4 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to solve separable, exact, first-order linear, and Bernoulli ordinary differential equations (ODE’s) by analytical and numerical methods.
Objectives:
- Identify separable ODEs and employ appropriate techniques to solve separable ODEs.
- Identify exact ODEs and employ appropriate techniques to solve exact ODEs.
- Identify first-order linear ODEs and employ appropriate techniques to solve first-order linear ODEs.
- Identify Bernoulli ODEs and employ appropriate techniques to solve Bernoulli ODEs.
- Identify separable ODEs and employ appropriate techniques to solve separable ODEs.
- Use the improved Euler formula to calculate numerical solutions over intervals to any of the above types of ODEs with initial conditions.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to apply differential equations to solve mathematical problems.
Objectives:
- Solve continuous growth and decay models.
- Solve cooling and warming models.
- Solve mixture models.
- Solve series circuit models.
- Solve orthogonal trajectory models.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to solve homogeneous and non-homogeneous higher order linear equations using the methods of undetermined coefficients and variation of parameters.
Objectives
- Solve homogeneous higher order ODEs using the superposition principle.
- Solve homogeneous higher order ODEs using the operator notation and by the annihilator approach.
- Solve non-homogeneous higher order ODEs using the method of undetermined coefficients.
- Solve non-homogeneous higher order ODEs using the method of variation of parameters.
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to solve initial value problems using the Laplace transform.
Objectives
- Demonstrate knowledge of the values of the Laplace transform function.
- Demonstrate knowledge of the values of the inverse Laplace transform function.
- Demonstrate knowledge of the technique utilizing these functions to solve initial value problems.
Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to solve homogeneous and non-homogeneous systems by the Laplace transform, by using operators, and by using eigenvalues and eigenvectors.
Objectives
- Demonstrate knowledge of the technique utilizing the Laplace and inverse Laplace transforms to solve systems of ODEs with initial conditions.
- Demonstrate knowledge of the technique utilizing operator notation to solve systems of ODEs.
- Demonstrate knowledge of the technique utilizing matrix notation to solve systems of ODEs.
Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to solve differential equations by power series and by Frobeneous’s method.
Objectives:
- Find power series solutions about an ordinary point.
- Use Frobenius’ method to find series solutions about a regular singular point.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- First Order Ordinary Differential Equations
- Separable ODEs
- Exact ODEs
- Homogeneous-of-Order-n ODEs
- Linear ODEs
- Bernoulli ODEs
- Applications of First Order ODEs
- Higher-Ordered ODEs
- Reduction of Order
- Homogeneous Linear ODEs with Constant Coefficients
- Undetermined Coefficients
- Variation of Parameters
- Cauchy-Euler Equations
- Series Solutions at Ordinary Points
- Series Solutions at Singular Points
- Initial Value Problems
- Direct solution of IVPs
- Laplace Transform and the Solution of an IVP of a Single ODE
- Laplace Transform and the Solution of an IVP of a System of ODEs
- Matrix Methods
- Homogeneous Linear Systems with Constant Coefficients
- Variation of Parameters for Systems of ODEs
- Numerical Methods
- Eulers Methods
- Runge-Kutta 4th Order Method
Primary Faculty Halfaf, Matt Secondary Faculty Williams, Paul Associate Dean Somyak, Michael Dean Pritchett, Marie
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
Mechanical Technology |
|
-
CORE 1060 - Industrial Computer Technology Credit Hours: 4.00 Prerequisites: None
This course is designed to provide students enrolled in technical programs an understanding of how the computer can be used as a tool to address a variety of situations utilizing multiple input sources common to industry. Word processing, spreadsheets with graphing capabilities, and illustration and drawing applications will be used by each student to develop a technical presentation.
Location: South Campus
Contact Hours: 4 Billable Contact Hours: 4 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify and apply the use of computers and software to technical problems.
Objectives:
- Communicate effectively using computer terminology.
- Work in the Desktop environment.
- Craft documents using the capabilities found in the word-processing software with integration from and linked to other software applications.
- Demonstrate a level of proficiency in spreadsheet applications including charts and graphs.
- Demonstrate a level of proficiency using graphic software.
- Present a professional multimedia presentation.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Computer Technology
- Introduction
- Types
- Terminology
- Characteristics
- Function
- Importing Data
- Word
- Document formation
- Page layout
- Macro usage
- Spreadsheets
- Expressions/Formulas
- Charting
- Analysis
- Multiple Input Data Devices
- Graphics
- Canvas
- Illustrations
- Layout
- Presentation Application
- Integration
- Creating/Outlining
- Visuals
- Producing Media
- Recording Audio
Primary Faculty Dulinski, Kenneth Secondary Faculty Associate Dean Hinrichsen, Timothy Dean Hutchison, Donald
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
Media & Communication Arts |
|
-
MACA 1010 - Introduction to Photography Credit Hours: 4.00 Prerequisites: None
This course is an introduction to today’s photography. Camera operations, exposure control, composition theory, image processing, and printing using current software applications are covered. Students must have a digital SLR camera.
Location: South Campus
Contact Hours: 6 Billable Contact Hours: 6 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will develop skills to use camera controls to produce high quality images.
Objectives:
- Operate camera controls for correct exposure.
- Explain how to change aperture settings.
- Explain how to change shutter speed settings.
- Demonstrate use of auxiliary light.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will develop composition skills through pre-visualization.
Objectives:
- Demonstrate use of camera angles.
- Explain use of lens perspective.
- Demonstrate use of depth of field in compositions.
- Demonstrate use of directional lighting.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate light-metering techniques, the reciprocal relationship of the lens aperture and shutter speed setting.
Objectives:
- Demonstrate proper use of in camera meters.
- Explain use of incident and reflective meters.
- Demonstrate depth of field control using aperture settings.
- Demonstrate controlling motion using shutter speed settings.
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will develop skills using a digital darkroom for image processing and printing.
Objectives:
- Operate film and flat bed scanners for image input.
- Demonstrate use of software applications to enhance images.
- Demonstrate different storage options, including removable devices.
- Output images to printers, screen and archive files.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE Week 1.
- Introduction, course goals and objectives, grading and attendance policy, assignment of equipment, procedures on equipment use and care; material and supply list
- Lecture: Composing an image
Week 2.
- Lecture: Camera operation, exposure control, and ISO settings
- Lab: Shooting Assignment #0
- Lecture: The digital darkroom; Tools and file storage
- Lab: Downloading image files, resizing and storage
Week 3.
- Lecture: Assignment #1 - Motion Study
- Shutter speed settings control how motion is captured
- Lab: Shooting Assignment #1
- Lecture: Software
Week 4.
- Lab: Assignment #1 digital processing
- Critique and grading of Assignment #1
Week 5.
- Lecture: Assignment #2 - Depth of Field
- Assignment #2 continues
Week 6.
- Assignment #2 - digital processing
- Critique and grading of Assignment #2
Week 7.
- Lecture: White Balance; Assignment #3
- Assignment #3 - digital processing
- Critique and grading of assignments
Week 8.
- Lecture: Assignment #4 - Backlighting
- Assignment #4 - digital processing
Week 9.
- Lecture: Assignment #5 - Brightness Range
- Assignment #5 - digital processing
- Critique and grading of assignments
Week 10.
- Lecture: Assignment #6 - Advertising
- Assignment #6 - digital processing
- Critique and grading of assignments
Week 11.
- Lecture: Assignment #7 - Photojournalism
- Assignment #7 - digital processing
- Critique and grading of assignments
Week 12.
- Lecture: Assignment #8 - Studio Portait
- Assignment #8 - digital processing
- Critique and grading of assignments
Week 13.
- Lecture: Assignment #9 - Model Composite and Mini-portfolio
- Lab: Assignment #9 - digital processing
- Critique and grading of assignments
Week 14.
- Open lab/open studio
Week 15.
- Lecture: Assignment #10 - Landscape and Night Cityscape
- Assignment #10 - digital processing
- Final Exam Review
Week 16.
- Review for exam
- Final exam
- Final grades and equipment maintenance
Primary Faculty Soule Jr., William Secondary Faculty Associate Dean Hinrichsen, Timothy Dean Hutchison, Donald
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MACA 1025 - Design 1 Credit Hours: 4.00 Prerequisites: None
(formerly MACA 1020)
Introduction to design concept. Problems in two-dimensional design using lines and planes in black and white and color.
Location: South Campus
Contact Hours: 6 Billable Contact Hours: 6 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to construct designs using elements of design.
Objectives:
- Create lines.
- Create shapes.
- Create form.
- Create space.
- Create depth.
- Create texture.
- Create color.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to construct designs using the principles of design.
Objectives:
- Create balance.
- Create contrast.
- Create movement.
- Create patterns.
- Create rhythm.
- Create unity.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create using different materials, tools, and equipment.
Objectives:
- Use pencils, erasers, markers, tape, inks, adhesives, and other materials.
- Use X-acto knife, t-square, ruler, proportion wheel, templates, and other tools.
- Use light table, enlarger, projector, mat cutter, and other equipment.
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate professional work habits.
Objectives:
- Follow written and verbal instructions.
- Meet deadlines and participate in presentations.
- Demonstrate craftsmanship and prepare artwork for presentation.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Explore Curvilinear, Mechanical and Dynamic Line
- Experiment with positive / negative space, balance, contrast, emphasis, movement, rhythm, pattern and unity
- Use professional materials, tools, equipment
- Use professional problem solving techniques
- Demonstrate professional work habits
- Explore Organic, Geometric and Hybrid Shapes
- Experiment with positive / negative space, balance, contrast, emphasis, movement, rhythm, pattern and unity
- Use professional materials, tools, equipment
- Use professional problem solving techniques
- Demonstrate professional work habits
- Explore Positive and Negative Space
- Experiment with positive / negative space, balance, contrast, emphasis, movement, rhythm, pattern and unity
- Use professional materials, tools, equipment
- Use professional problem solving techniques
- Demonstrate professional work habits
- Explore Depth, Dominant And Subdominant Elements
- Experiment with positive / negative space, balance, contrast, emphasis, movement, rhythm, pattern, and unity
- Use professional materials, tools, equipment
- Use professional problem solving techniques
- Demonstrate professional work habits
- Explore Formal, Informal and Organic Texture
- Experiment with positive / negative space, balance, contrast, emphasis, movement, rhythm, pattern and unity
- Use professional materials, tools, equipment
- Use professional problem solving techniques
- Demonstrate professional work habits
- Recognize Basic Typographic Principles
- Experiment with positive / negative space, balance, contrast, emphasis, movement, rhythm, pattern and unity
- Experiment with line, shape, texture, color, value
- Use professional materials, tools, equipment
- Use professional problem solving techniques
- Demonstrate professional work habits
- Explore Color
- Experiment with greyscale, monochromatic, analogous and complementary color schemes
- Experiment with hues, tints, shades, and tones
- Experiment with positive / negative space, balance, contrast, emphasis, movement, rhythm, pattern, and unity
- Use professional materials, tools, equipment
- Use professional problem solving techniques
- Demonstrate professional work habits
Primary Faculty Mellebrand, Kristine Secondary Faculty Sarcona, Shaun Associate Dean Hinrichsen, Timothy Dean Hutchison, Donald
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MACA 1040 - Illustration Fundamentals Credit Hours: 4.00 Prerequisites: None
(3 credit hrs prior to Fall 2005)
Freehand and conceptual drawing dealing with perspective, composition, layout and rendering techniques used by the technical and commercial artist.
Location: South Campus
Contact Hours: 6 Billable Contact Hours: 6 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate observational skills for greater drawing accuracy (size relationships, angles, negative spaces).
Objectives:
- Draw circles freehand.
- Scale a room in one point perspective.
- Design a comprehensive rough.
- Scale and grid photo reference.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to stress line, mass, texture, value, color, and composition in relation to drawing.
Objectives:
- Develop thumbnail sketches.
- Render a cube and sphere in monochromatic color scheme.
- Render textures through transfer method.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate the basic principles of 1, 2, and 3 point perspective related to freehand drawing.
Objectives:
- Draw a cube in 1 point perspective.
- Draw a cube in 2 point perspective.
- Draw an ellipse in one point perspective.
- Draw an ellipse in two point perspective.
- Scale a room in one point perspective.
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to identify light, shadow, texture, and color as it relates to form.
Objectives:
- Design a comprehensive rough.
- Use visual indication techniques.
- Render 3-dimensional shapes.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Introduction
- Classroom etiquette
- Attendance policy
- Departmental codes
- Materials
- One Point Perspective
- Cubes
- Circles
- Cylinders
- Grids
- Room
- City
- Two Point Perspective
- Cubes
- Grids
- Room
- City
- Light and Form
- Form and Cast Shadow
- Core and Reflective Light
- Value Grid
- Basic Shapes
- Portraits
- Animals
- Montage
- Advertisement
- Final Project
- TBD individually with student as it relates to illustration fundamentals
Primary Faculty Busch, Matthew S Secondary Faculty Associate Dean Hinrichsen, Timothy Dean Hutchison, Donald
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MACA 1055 - Digital Layout: Adobe Credit Hours: 4.00 Prerequisites: None
(3 credit hrs prior to Fall 2005)
Design and layout problems using the software applications Adobe InDesign and Adobe Acrobat. Students will utilize contemporary design fundamentals to create a variety of single and multi-page publications in black and white, spot and process color.
Contact Hours: 6 Billable Contact Hours: 6 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to generate work on a computer.
Objectives:
- Practice using networks and servers.
- Examine the basic operating system and items in the system folder.
- Output to various imaging devices.
- Practice using different storage options.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to practice methods to solve problems, approach them systematically, and explore solutions.
Objectives:
- Navigate through a digital document.
- Change application defaults that affect documents created in a computer application.
- Demonstrate how a page layout program can be used to combine text and graphics.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create digital page layouts.
Objectives:
- Use the tools needed to create and modify text in a digital document.
- Place and modify graphic images in a digital document.
- Classify typefaces.
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to recognize and demonstrate professional work habits.
Objectives:
- Follow written and verbal instructions.
- Adhere to deadlines and participate in presentations.
- Spell-check, proofread, preflight, package for output for a commercial printer, and prepare projects properly for presentation.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Create and format a digital document using Adobe InDesign
- Format text, place graphics, create color swatches, preflight, package for output
- Use professional problem solving techniques
- Demonstrate professional work habits
- Create and format a digital document using Adobe InDesign
- Typographic principles, strokes/fill, tabs
- Use professional problem solving techniques
- Demonstrate professional work habits
- Create and format a document using Adobe InDesign
- Alignment, bleed, paragraph/character style sheets
- Use professional problem solving techniques
- Demonstrate professional work habits
- Create and format a document using Adobe InDesign
- Text wrap, link text frames, scaling graphics
- Use professional problem solving techniques
- Demonstrate professional work habits
- Create and format a document using Adobe InDesign
- Mid-term project utilizing all skills learned
- Create and format a document using Adobe InDesign
- Layers, format text, gradients, color space, master pages
- Use professional problem solving techniques
- Demonstrate professional work habits
- Create and format a document using Adobe InDesign
- Research, brainstorming, composition using a grid system, multiple page document
- Use professional problem solving techniques
- Demonstrate professional work habits
- Create and format a document using Adobe InDesign
- Final project utilizing all skills learned
- Use professional problem solving techniques
- Demonstrate professional work habits
Primary Faculty Mellebrand, Kristine Secondary Faculty Sarcona, Shaun Associate Dean Hinrichsen, Timothy Dean Hutchison, Donald
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MACA 1065 - Black & White Photography Credit Hours: 4.00 Prerequisites: None
(formerly MACA 1060)
This course is an introduction to black and white photography. Basic camera operations, exposure control, composition, film processing, and print enlargement will be covered. Students must have a 35mm single lens camera with manual controls.
Location: South Campus
Contact Hours: 6 Billable Contact Hours: 6 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to use a film camera.
Objectives: The student will:
- Demonstrate use of a light meter to determine exposure.
- Explain film ISOs and their light sensitivities.
- Demonstrate the relationship of the aperture and shutter speed settings.
- Explain the use of depth of field.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to process black and white film.
Objectives: The student will:
- Explain and demonstrate the chemical process of a negative film.
- Demonstrate the making of a contact sheet from negatives.
- Explain the grain of film and it relationship to ISO speed.
- Demonstrate proper handling and storage of negatives.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to print and display prints by mounting and matting.
Objectives: The student will:
- Demonstrate making an enlargement from negatives.
- Explain dodging and burning a print.
- Demonstrate contrast control using filters.
- Explain and demonstrate methods of displaying prints.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE Week 1. 1st Class Meeting
- Introduction, course goals and objectives, grading and attendance policy, assignment of equipment, procedures on equipment use and care; Material and supply list
- Assignment: Read Chapters 1 and 2
2nd Class Meeting
- Lecture and Demonstration: Camera operation, exposure control, and film speeds
- Assignment: Read Chapters 3, 4, and 5
Week 2. 3rd Class Meeting
- Lecture and Demonstration.
- Assignment # 0 What will you Photograph? (review pages 9-12 Chapter 1)
- Assignment: Read Chapter 6
- Developing the Negative
4th Class Meeting
- Lecture and Demonstration
- Lab: Developing Film from Assignment #0
- Assignment: Read Chapter 7
Week 3. 5th Class Meeting
- Lecture and Demonstration
- Printing the Positive; Contact Sheet; Test Strip, Enlargements
- Assignment: Review Pages 20-23 of Chapter 2 The Shutter
6th Class Meeting
- Lecture and Demonstration
- Assignment #1 Stop Action
- Lab: Film processing and printing
- Due: Assignment #0
Week 4. 7th Class Meeting
- Lab: Printing Assignment #1 continues
- Assignment: Review Pages 24-29 Chapter 2 The Aperture
8th Class Meeting
- Lecture and Demonstration
- Assignment #2 Depth of Field
- Lab: Film processing and printing; Complete Assignment #1
- Due: Assignment #1
Week 5. 9th Class Meeting
- Lab: Film processing and printing
10th Class Meeting
- Assignment: Read Pages 160-167 Chapter 8 Finishing and Mounting
- Lab: Film processing and printing
Week 6. 11th Class Meeting
- Lecture and Demonstration
- Assignment #3 Backlighting
- You will need to mount the rest of your assignments
- Assignment: Review Page 106 Chapter 5 Using Exposure
- Lab: Film processing and printing
- Due: Assignment #2
12th Class Meeting
- Lecture and Demonstration: Finishing and Mounting Demo
- Lab: Film processing and printing
- Assignment: Review Pages 94-105 Chapter 5 How to Meter
Week 7. 13th Class Meeting
- Lecture and Demonstration
- Assignment #4 Brightness Range
- Lab: Film processing and printing
- Due: Assignment #3
14th Class Meeting
- Lab: Film processing and printing
Week 8. 15th Class Meeting
- Lecture and Demonstration: Hot Lights Demo
- Assignment #5 Still Life
- Lab: Film processing and printing
- Due: Assignment #4
16th Class Meeting
- Lecture and Demonstration
- Assignment: Bring in Five Ads. Tell what you likedislike about each.
- Lab: Film processing and printing
Week 9. 17th Class Meeting
- Lecture and Demonstration
- Assignment #6 Advertising
- Lab: Process, print, and display
- Due: Assignment #5
18th Class Meeting
- Lecture and Demonstration
- Critique and grading of assignments
Week 10. 19th Class Meeting
- Lecture and Demonstration
- Assignment #7 Candid Shots of People
- Lab: Process, print, and display
20th Class Meeting
- Lecture and Demonstration
- Due: Assignment #6
- Critique and grading of assignments
Week 11. 21st Class Meeting
- Lecture and Demonstration
- Assignment # 8 Portraiture Studio Lighting
- Lab: Process, print, and display
22nd Class Meeting
- Lecture and Demonstration
- Due: Assignment #7
- Critique and grading of assignments
Week 12. 23rd Class Meeting
- Lecture and Demonstration
- Assignment #9 Model Portfolio
- Lab: Process, print, and display
24th Class Meeting
- Lecture and Demonstration
- Due: Assignment #8
- Critique and grading of assignments
Week 13. 25th Class Meeting
- Lecture and Demonstration
- Model Portfolio Assignment #9 Continued
- Lab: Process, print, and display
26th Class Meeting
- Lecture and Demonstration
- Critique and grading of assignments
Week 14. 27th Class Meeting
- Lecture and Demonstration
- Assignment #10 Landscape
- Lab: Process, print, and display
28th Class Meeting
- Lecture and Demonstration
- Due: Assignment #9
Week 15. 29th Class Meeting
- Lecture: Landscape Assignment #10
30th Class Meeting
- Lecture and Demonstration
Week 16. 31st Class Meeting
- Review for exam
- Due: Assignment #10
- Remove all locks and personal property from your locker
32nd Class Meeting
- Final exam
- Final grades and equipment maintenance
Primary Faculty Soule Jr., William Secondary Faculty Associate Dean Hinrichsen, Timothy Dean Hutchison, Donald
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MACA 1070 - Rendering Credit Hours: 4.00 Prerequisites: None
(3 credit hrs prior to Fall 2005)
MACA 1070 covers final art rendering techniques in black and white and some color. It familiarizes students with a variety of media and mixed media including markers, prisma pencils, and ink. Problems include analyzing the pattern of reflections, light and shade, and the description of surface development on a variety of materials including chrome, sheetmetal, plastic and glass.
Location: South Campus
Contact Hours: 6 Billable Contact Hours: 6 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate observational skills for greater rendering accuracy (value relationships, angles, negative spaces).
Objectives:
- Illustrate a value grid.
- Reproduce imagery through light and form.
- Assess value percentages.
- Scale and grid photo reference.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to use indication techniques to stress line, mass, texture, value, color, composition in relation to rendering.
Objectives:
- Create highlights.
- Create form shadow.
- Create cast shadow.
- Create core shadow.
- Create reflected light.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to render his/her own 3-dimensional products on a 2-dimensional surface.
Objectives:
- Exchange textures.
- Utilize basic reference.
- Design new products.
- Complete solid industrial renderings.
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to apply light, shadow, texture, and color as it relates to form.
Objectives:
- Design a comprehensive rough.
- Use visual indication techniques.
- Render 3-dimensional shapes.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Introduction
- Classroom etiquette
- Attendance policy
- Departmental codes
- Materials
- Basic Rendering
- Marker blending
- Value Grids
- Gradations
- Texture objects
- Photo reference
- Light and shadow
- Organic
- Manmade
- Chrome objects
- Logo
- Automotive
- Science fiction
- Texture Swap
- Render swapped textures
- Industrial Rendering
- Object design
- Object illustration
- Object indication
- Object rendering
Primary Faculty Busch, Matthew S Secondary Faculty Associate Dean Hinrichsen, Timothy Dean Hutchison, Donald
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MACA 1090 - Figure Illustration 1 Credit Hours: 4.00 Prerequisites: None
(3 credit hrs prior to Fall 2005)
Introduction to drawing the human form from life, photographs, and imagination using a variety of media and techniques; a comprehensive study and application of draftsmanship as it relates to the surface anatomy, body movements and relationships, and their systematic application to commercial illustration.
Contact Hours: 6 Billable Contact Hours: 6 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate observational skills for greater drawing accuracy with the human figure.
Objectives:
- Assemble a reference file from actual photos and other photo sources.
- Draw a proportioned/commercial 8 headed male and female figure in the anterior, posterior, and lateral views.
- Draw the head in a full front, profile, and ¾ views.
- Demonstrate foreshortening.
- Apply light and shadow of round and angular human forms.
- Draw proportioned hand studies.
- Draw the human head accurately in different views so as to capture a likeness.
- Draw the figure partially clothed displaying comprehension of gesture, anatomy, proportion, weight and balance, and drapery.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to stress line, mass, texture, value, color, and composition in relation to drawing figures.
Objectives:
- Draw gestures indicating strong movement.
- Draw the proportional figure in various media for commercial reproduction.
- Render the effect of light on the human form.
- Develop thumbnail sketches.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to use graphite, color pencils, paper and board surfaces.
Objectives:
- Show light and shadow of round and angular human forms.
- Identify current illustrators and illustrative trends.
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate light, shadow, texture, and color as all relate to human figures.
Objectives:
- Produce samples of figurative work as it relates to industry.
- Produce samples of human figures interacting with inanimate objects.
- Produce figurative work with varying technique and style.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Introduction
- Classroom etiquette
- Attendance policy
- Departmental codes
- Materials
- Gesture
- Motion
- Form and Cast Shadow
- Core and Reflected Light
- Skeletal Bones
- Muscles
- Emotion
- Proportion
- Anatomy
- Linear
- Tonal
- Monochromatic
- Value Grid
- Texture
- Features
- Likeness
- Caricature
- Book Cover
- Artist Study
- Sketchbook Exercises
- Drawing from life
- Anatomy studies
- Artist studies
Primary Faculty Busch, Matthew S Secondary Faculty Associate Dean Hinrichsen, Timothy Dean Hutchison, Donald
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MACA 1155 - Design 2 Credit Hours: 4.00 Prerequisites: MACA 1025 and MACA 1055
(formerly MACA 1130)
Advertising for print, web and other communication forms. Application of a variety of media to assigned problems.
Contact Hours: 6 Billable Contact Hours: 6 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create drawings and designs with accuracy.
Objectives:
- Create images with appropriate size relationships, angles, and negative space.
- Use methods to indicate type and graphics for advertising layouts.
- Use the elements and principles of design.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to discuss the role, ethics, and responsibility of advertising.
Objectives:
- Examine different aspects of advertising.
- Explore the roles within an advertising agency.
- Understand ethics in regards to advertising.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to produce advertising layouts for various mediums.
Objectives:
- Create brochures.
- Create booklets.
- Create flyers.
- Create direct mail advertisements.
- Create web advertisements.
- Create billboards.
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to utilize the design process.
Objectives:
- Research topics.
- Create preliminary sketches.
- Create layouts.
- Modify design accordingly.
- Present work and get feedback.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Introduction, grading, and terminology
- Advertising theory, practices and its role in society
- Study and identify a variety of type faces
- Study print and web advertising specifications
- Analysis of advertising, print, web, billboard, packaging and point of purchase advertising
- Major assignment - design layouts using type and graphics for print advertising
- Major assignment - design and create finish art for a billboard
- Major assignment - design and create finish art for a logo and identity system
- Major assignment - design and create finish art for a package design
- Major assignment - design and create finish art for point of purchase advertising
Primary Faculty Mellebrand, Kristine Secondary Faculty Sarcona, Shaun Associate Dean Hinrichsen, Timothy Dean Hutchison, Donald
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MACA 1160 - Previsualization Credit Hours: 4.00 Prerequisites: None
(formerly MACA 1150)
Student projects examine a variety of concept and storytelling processes through visual communication. From print to film to animation to interactive media, the class focuses on the creative aspects of previsualization for industry and storyboarding in the communicative arts.
Contact Hours: 6 Billable Contact Hours: 6 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to visually create a storyboard.
Objectives:
- Develop presentation techniques.
- Set camera angles.
- Create background sketch techniques.
- Apply basic camera movements.
- Stage dialogue.
- Work with different aspect ratios.
- Use terminology and abbreviations in assignments and classroom discussions.
- Create figure invention.
- Read a script.
- Convey framing heights.
- Use arrows to indicate movement.
- Illustrate camera techniques.
- Illustrate editing transitions.
- Convey perspective with no tangents.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate the ability to create sequential images required to tell a story visually.
Objectives:
- Create images to convey a story.
- Create temporal connections.
- Write a script.
- Produce a final project that is both visual and narrative.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate the ability to visually stimulate the theory of light on basic shapes to convey cinematic atmosphere.
Objectives:
- Recognize and produce various methods of color proofing.
- Create special effects with scanned images.
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate skills to apply the principles of value, hue, and intensity to their renderings in full color, indicating full comprehension of light, shadow, color, intensity, and value.
Objectives:
- Convey composition.
- Demonstrate contrast in value.
- Demonstrate contrast in edge control.
- Indicate tangible atmosphere.
- Indicate stylistic atmosphere.
Outcome 5: Upon completion of the course, the student will be able to previsualize imagery.
Objectives:
- Produce thumbnails.
- Illustrate roughs.
- Conceptualize ideas.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Introduction
- Classroom etiquette
- Attendance policy
- Departmental codes
- Materials
- Drawing from Memory Exercises
- Sequential Art Storytelling Exercise
- Figure invention
- Human Head
- Body
- Script Reading
- Framing Heights
- Use of Arrows
- Aspect Ratios
- Script Writing
- Camera Techniques and Transitions
- Previsualizing Cinematography
- Perspective
- Tangents
- Composition
- Contrast
- value
- edge control
- Atmosphere
- tangible
- stylistic
- Temporal Connections
- context
- syntax
- Staging Dialogue
- Final Project
- visual and narrative
- TBD individually with student as it relates to illustration fundamentals
Primary Faculty Busch, Matthew S Secondary Faculty Associate Dean Hinrichsen, Timothy Dean Hutchison, Donald
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MACA 1200 - Digital Illustration Credit Hours: 4.00 Prerequisites: None
An introduction to vector based software applications Adobe Illustrator and Macromedia Freehand. Students create industry related illustrations including technical renderings, editorial and promotional illustrations.
Contact Hours: 6 Billable Contact Hours: 6 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create vector based illustration projects.
Objectives:
- Trace templates or scanned drawing files in order to create vector based digital illustrations.
- Import files from various graphic and drawing applications or library storage disks into page layout applications.
- Manipulate graphics to conform to a given layout.
- Place and modify graphic images in the document.
- Use the tools needed to create and modify graphic images in an electronic document.
- Select various type styles and sizes to conform to specific job specifications.
- Apply various type or character attributes to manuscript copy (text).
- Convert colors from RGB to CMYK, and use various color libraries.
- Identify color theory, and prepare files for various prepress specifications (Separations: Process color, spot color and trapping, etc.).
- Use networking and servers.
- Use various filter and plug-ins to enhance projects.
- Connect to a (file sharing) network to transfer and save files.
- Change application defaults that affect documents created in a computer application.
- Navigate through an electronic document.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify problems, approach them systematically, and explore viable solutions.
Objectives:
- Trace templates or scanned drawing files in order to create vector based digital illustrations.
- Import files from various graphic and drawing applications or library storage disks into page layout applications.
- Output files to various peripheral devices, laser printers and color printers.
- Save files in the proper file formats (for image setters or internet).
- Prepare files for output to Image setters and Service Bureaus.
- Manipulate graphics to conform to a given layout.
- Place and modify graphic images in the document.
- Use the tools needed to create and modify graphic images in an electronic document.
- Select various type styles and sizes to conform to specific job specifications.
- Apply various type or character attributes to manuscript copy (text).
- Use the printers system of measure.
- Scan black and white, grayscale or halftone and color images.
- Convert colors from RGB to CMYK, and use various color libraries.
- Identify color theory, and prepare files for various prepress specifications (Separations: Process color, spot color and trapping, etc.).
- Use networking and servers.
- Use various filter and plug-ins to enhance projects.
- Connect to a (file sharing) network to transfer and save files.
- Change application defaults that affect documents created in a computer application.
- Navigate through an electronic document.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to import and export various text and graphics formatted in several different file formats.
Objectives:
- Import files from various graphic and drawing applications or library storage disks into page layout applications.
- Manipulate graphics to conform to a given layout.
- Place and modify graphic images in the document.
- Use the tools needed to create and modify graphic images in an electronic document.
- Select various type styles and sizes to conform to specific job specifications.
- Apply various type or character attributes to manuscript copy (text).
- Use various filter and plug-ins to enhance projects.
- Navigate through an electronic document.
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create various text and graphics using Bezier Path attributes.
Objectives:
- Trace templates or scanned drawing files in order to create vector based digital illustrations.
- Manipulate graphics to conform to a given layout.
- Use the tools needed to create and modify graphic images in an electronic document.
- Select various type styles and sizes to conform to specific job specifications.
- Apply various type or character attributes to manuscript copy (text).
- Navigate through an electronic document.
Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create vector-based files for proper output to a service bureau, internet application or media printer.
Objectives:
- Save files in the proper file formats (for image setters or internet).
- Prepare files for output to Image setters and Service Bureaus.
- Place and modify graphic images in the document.
- Use the tools needed to create and modify graphic images in an electronic document.
- Select various type styles and sizes to conform to specific job specifications.
- Use the printers system of measure.
- Convert colors from RGB to CMYK, and use various color libraries.
- Identify color theory, and prepare files for various prepress specifications (Separations: Process color, spot color and trapping, etc.).
- Change application defaults that affect documents created in a computer application.
- Navigate through an electronic document.
Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to work within a network environment.
Objectives:
- Output files to various peripheral devices, laser printers and color printers.
- Save files in the proper file formats (for image setters or internet).
- Prepare files for output to Image setters and Service Bureaus.
- Use networking and servers.
- Connect to a (file sharing) network to transfer and save files.
- Navigate through an electronic document.
Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to work with peripheral devices such as removable drives, printers, and scanners.
Objectives:
- Import files from various graphic and drawing applications or library storage disks into page layout applications.
- Output files to various peripheral devices, laser printers and color printers.
- Use the printers system of measure.
- Scan black and white, grayscale or halftone and color images.
- Navigate through an electronic document.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- INTRODUCTION
- MACA Department and Course Policy
- Assumptions about Current Proficiency
- What We’re Going to Learn
- GETTING STARTED
- Naming Conventions
- Key Commands
- The CD-ROM and Initial Setup Considerations
- THE ILLUSTRATOR WORKING ENVIRONMENT
- The Toolbox
- Toolbox Pop-up Menus
- The Menus
- The Palettes
- THE ILLUSTRATOR WORKING ENVIRONMENT
- Creating a New Document
- Setting Up Your Document
- Preferences
- Saving Illustrator Documents
- Saving-As Illustrator EPS (Encapsulated PostScript)
- Opening Illustrator Files
- GUIDES AND GRIDS
- Grids
- Guides
- Setting Ruler Zero Points
- Making Guides from Paths
- VIEWING MODES
- Using Preview and Artwork Modes
- Preview Selection
- Views Maximize Drawing Efficiency
- Custom Views
- ORGANIZING YOUR ART WITH LAYERS
- The Layer Concept
- Organizing the Elements
- The Layers Palette
- Basic Rules for Layers
- The Order of Layer Levels
- Changing Layer Levels
- Reassigning Objects to Other Layers
- The Layers Palette Menu
- Layer Options
- TEMPLATES
- The Making of a Template
- Autotracing a Template Image
- DRAWING PRIMITIVE SHAPES
- The Ellipse Tool
- The Rectangle Tool
- Other Tools
- CREATING PATHS
- The Pen Tool
- Drawing Straight Lines
- Anchor Points & Segments
- Open and Closed Paths
- Drawing Curves
- The Many Shapes of a Curve
- The Smooth Point
- The Corner Point
- Combining Straight Lines with Curves
- The Pencil and Paintbrush Tools
- MODIFYING PATHS
- Anchor Points and Segments
- The Path Editing Tools
- Connecting Anchor Points
- The Slice Tool
- CREATING AND EDITING TYPE
- Selecting text
- Typographic Basics
- Font
- Size
- Leading
- Tracking
- Kerning
- Scaling Type
- Baseline shift
- Paragraph
- Text Effects
- PAINTING OBJECTS
- Stroking and Filling a Path
- The Swatches Palette
- The Paint Bucket and Eyedropper Tools
- Importing Colors, Styles
- COLOR BASICS
- Color Output
- Color Definitions
- The Color Palette
- USING GRADIENTS
- Creating Custom Gradients
- Changing Angles and Directions of Gradients
- Making Gradients
- TRANSFORMATION TOOLS
- Transformational Basics
- Manual Transforming
- Reflect
- Scale
- Rotate
- Transform Again
- Shear
- WORKING WITH PLACED IMAGES
- Graphic Formats
- Linking Placed Images
- Identifying Placed Images
- Photographic EPS Images
- Include Placed Files?
- MANIPULATING OBJECTS
- Locking
- Hiding
- Grouping
- Working With Front/Back
- Arranging Objects
- Precision Alignment Techniques
- The Info Palette
- The Transform Palette
Primary Faculty Sarcona, Shaun Secondary Faculty Associate Dean Hinrichsen, Timothy Dean Hutchison, Donald
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MACA 1320 - Introduction to Photoshop Credit Hours: 4.00 Prerequisites: None
(formerly MACA 1300)
MACA 1320 presents an introduction to Adobe Photoshop. Topics include file formats, resolutions, tools, and theories of image creation and manipulation.
Contact Hours: 6 Billable Contact Hours: 6 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to use multiple file formats.
Objectives:
- Create PSD and TIF file formats for high resolution images.
- Create JPG and PNG file formats for smaller files.
- Create IFF file formats for use in 3D.
- Edit RAW images.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to manipulate images.
Objectives:
- Use layers.
- Resize images.
- Color correct images.
- Composite images.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate introductory knowledge of the technology they are using.
Objectives:
- Speak about the computers they work on.
- Speak about the software they are using.
- Speak about different file formats.
- Speak about different image settings.
- Speak about different mode settings
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create and manipulate basic selections.
Objectives:
- Use the pen tool.
- Use the marquee select tools.
- Use wand tools.
Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to save and modify advanced selections.
Objectives:
- Save selections to channels.
- Save paths.
- Use advanced selection key commands.
- Active and deactivate selections.
Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to apply effects and filters.
Objectives:
- Use effects on layers.
- Copy and paste effects.
- Apply filters to layers.
Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to cleanup images.
Objectives:
- Remove dust and debris from pictures.
- Airbrush out unwanted artifacts.
- Dodge and burn portions of an image.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Webpage Assets - creating material that is ready for webpages
- Photographic Enhancement - repairing and manipulating photographs
- Image Manipulation - utilizing tools in Photoshop to manipulate images
- 3D Texture Creation - building a texture for use in 3D programs
- Drawing in Photoshop - drawing hard-body surfaces
- Drawing in Photoshop 2 - drawing soft-body surfaces
- Image Compilation 1 - combine images together and blend
- Image Compilation 2 - advanced image compilation and blending
Primary Faculty Sarcona, Shaun Secondary Faculty Associate Dean Hinrichsen, Timothy Dean Hutchison, Donald
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MACA 1340 - Typography Credit Hours: 4.00 Prerequisites: MACA 1055, MACA 1200, and MACA 1320
(formerly MACA 1310)
This course presents an introduction to typography. Topics include type evolution, attributes of type, and type family classification. The course explores creative use of type with regard to legibility and readability in design layouts utilizing grids and type in a digital environment.
Location: South Campus
Contact Hours: 6 Billable Contact Hours: 6 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify history of typography.
Objectives:
- Learn the history of typography.
- Explain the importance of and development of type.
- Relate advancements of type during different time periods.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify the physical attributes of type.
Objectives:
- Define physical qualities.
- Identify structural elements.
- Identify type measurements.
- Define type terminology.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to employ a strategy used in classifying type.
Objectives:
- Use appropriate typefaces.
- Use appropriate fonts.
- Use appropriate type styles.
- Use appropriate type family.
- Use appropriate modification tools to ensure greatest results.
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to make use of a grid across multiple designs.
Objectives:
- Create a grid.
- Evaluate alternative designs to solve proximity issues.
- Evaluate alternative grid layouts to solve balance problems.
- Evaluate size and shape considerations to solve visual problems.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Type history
- Type attributes
- Type classification
- Kerning and tracking type
- Type readability/legibility
- Use of a Grid in page layout
- Page layout design considerations
- Digital type
- Mid-Semester Evaluation
- Major assignment - expressive type design
- Major assignment - expressive type layout
- Major assignment - expressive type style layout
- Major assignment - expressive type portrait
- Major assignment - historic type layout
Primary Faculty Mellebrand, Kristine Secondary Faculty Sarcona, Shaun Associate Dean Hinrichsen, Timothy Dean Hutchison, Donald
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MACA 1400 - Introduction to Digital Video Credit Hours: 4.00 Prerequisites: None
(3 credit hrs prior to Fall 2005)
A practical hands-on course introducing the use of digital video equipment for studio and location applications. Pre-production planning, camera operations, lighting, audio acquisition, and editing techniques are covered. Emphasizing teamwork, students will work in each position of a production crew. Students use college provided digital video equipment and non-linear editing suites to produce effective video programming.
Location: South Campus
Contact Hours: 6 Billable Contact Hours: 6 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of terms and digital technologies as they apply to video production.
Objectives: The student will:
- Develop a working knowledge of digital video theory and technologies.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to plan, script, and shoot one-camera video production projects.
Objectives: The student will:
- Script and storyboard projects in pre-production.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to edit video project in a non-linear environment.
Objectives: The student will:
- Capture video for assigned projects.
- Capture sound for assigned projects.
- Download and edit projects on non-linear editing systems.
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to produce projects to tape, CD, or DVD.
Objectives: The student will:
- Produce projects in a variety of media formats, including CD, DVD, streaming video, and digital or analog tape formats.
Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate how to prepare streaming video for the web.
Objectives: The student will:
- Produce projects in a variety of media formats, including CD, DVD, streaming video, and digital or analog tape formats.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE Week 1. Introduction, course goals and objectives, grading and attendance policy, assignment of equipment, procedures on equipment use and care. Material and supply list.
Week 2. Lecture: Video technology. Non-broadcast video theory, vocabulary and equipment. Present and potential applications of the technologies.
Week 3. Lecture: Production staff: duties, responsibilities of crew and video team will be examined.
Assignment: Production crews are formed and assignments made for first project.
Week 4. Lecture: Camera operations. Basic controls of camera and audio equipment. Basic lighting for studio and field productions. Balance mix lighting.
Week 5. Lecture: Single camera video productions. Basic shooting techniques. Use of video continuity. Assignment: Shoot a short video demonstrating the proper use of the four basic shots.
Week 6. Lecture: Recording sound. Use of on and off camera microphones. Wired and cordless microphones. Monitoring sound and why.
Week 7. Lecture: Basic shot composition. Establishing shot, medium shot, and close-ups. General rule of shot composition. Tilt, Pan, Truck, and Zoom.
Assignment: Shoot a short video demonstrating the proper use of on and off camera microphones.
Week 8. Lecture: Studio lighting. One, two, and three-point lighting.
Week 9. Lecture: Pre-Production Planning. Script writing. Storyboarding.
Week 10. Lecture: Script approval. Planning the shoot. Managing the shoot.
Week 11. Lecture: Planning Your Edit. Introduction to editing.
Week 12. Lecture: Shooting the projects.
Week 13. Lecture: Post-Production. Editing digital projects.
Week 14. Lecture: Editing continues.
Week 15. Lecture: Voice over. Dubbing copies. Burning CDs and DVDs.
Week 16. Review for exam.
Final exam.
Final grades and equipment maintenance. Primary Faculty Marquez, Yoselyn Secondary Faculty Associate Dean Hinrichsen, Timothy Dean Hutchison, Donald
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MACA 1410 - Television/Video Studio Production Credit Hours: 4.00 Prerequisites: None
Lecture and hands-on experience in live to tape studio programming for television and video productions. Technical principles of studio recording of audio and video programs will be emphasized. Students will perform duties of each position in a studio production team.
Location: South Campus
Contact Hours: 6 Billable Contact Hours: 6 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to plan, produce, and shoot studio productions.
Objectives:
- Demonstrate studio theory and technologies.
- Script and storyboard projects in pre and post-production.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to use multi-camera studio equipment.
Objectives:
- Demonstrate studio theory and technologies.
- Capture video and sound from live multi-camera production.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate and properly use teleprompter equipment.
Objectives:
- Demonstrate studio theory and technologies.
- Capture video and sound from live multi-camera production.
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate and properly use multi-studio lights.
Objectives:
- Demonstrate studio theory and technologies.
- Capture video and sound from live multi-camera production.
Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to capture and mix multi-channel audio.
Objectives:
- Demonstrate studio theory and technologies.
- Capture video and sound from live multi-camera production.
- Add voice and sound over for assigned project.
Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to capture video using video switcher.
Objectives:
- Demonstrate studio theory and technologies.
- Capture video and sound from live multi-camera production.
- Edit audio and video projects on non-linear editing systems.
Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to produce projects to master tape, CD, or DVD.
Objectives:
- Demonstrate studio theory and technologies.
- Script and storyboard projects in pre and post-production
- Add voice and sound over for assigned project.
- Produce projects in a variety of media formats, including CD, DVD, streaming video, and digital or analog tape formats.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE Week 1. Introduction, course goals and objectives, grading and attendance policy, assignment of equipment, procedures on equipment use and care. Material and supply list.
Week 2. Lecture: Video technology. Non-broadcast video theory, vocabulary and equipment. Present and potential applications of the technologies.
Week 3. Lecture: Production staff: duties, responsibilities of crew and video team will be examined.
Assignment: Production crews are formed and assignments made for first project.
Week 4. Lecture: Camera operations. Basic controls of camera and audio equipment. Basic lighting for studio and field productions. Balance mix lighting.
Week 5. Lecture: Single camera video productions. Basic shooting techniques. Use of video continuity.
Assignment: Shoot a short video demonstrating the proper use of the four basic shots.
Week 6. Lecture: Recording sound. Use of on and off camera microphones. Wired and cordless microphones. Monitoring sound and why.
Week 7. Lecture: Basic shot composition. Establishing shot, medium shot, and close-ups. General rule of shot composition. Tilt, Pan, Truck, and Zoom.
Assignment: Shoot a short video demonstrating the proper use of on and off camera microphones.
Week 8. Lecture: Studio lighting. One, two, and three-point lighting.
Week 9. Lecture: Pre-Production Planning. Script writing. Storyboarding.
Week 10. Lecture: Script approval. Planning the shoot. Managing the shoot.
Week 11. Lecture: Planning Your Edit. Introduction to editing.
Week 12. Lecture: Shooting the projects.
Week 13. Lecture: Post-Production. Editing digital projects.
Week 14. Lecture: Editing continues.
Week 15. Lecture: Voice over. Dubbing copies. Burning CDs and DVDs.
Week 16. Review for exam. Final exam. Final grades and equipment maintenance. Primary Faculty Marquez, Yoselyn Secondary Faculty Associate Dean Hinrichsen, Timothy Dean Hutchison, Donald
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MACA 1420 - Film Production 1 Credit Hours: 4.00 Prerequisites: MACA 1400
Students will gain hands‑on experience in the responsibilities of production crew members in the film industry. MACA 1420 emphasizes the roles of producer, director, script supervisor, production assistant, camera operator, sound mixer, lighting technician, and editor.
Contact Hours: 6 Billable Contact Hours: 6 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain the film producer’s role.
Objectives:
- Demonstrate the role of a film producer.
- Describe financial budget aspects of the producer’s role.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain the film director’s role.
Objectives:
- Explain a working knowledge of the director’s workflow.
- Describe the function of a film director.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate the proper use of single-camera shooting for film-style productions.
Objectives:
- Demonstrate capture of media from live single-camera production.
- Describe the use of VU meters and Waveform monitors.
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to capture and mix multi-channel audio.
Objectives:
- Describe the use of VU meters and Waveform monitors.
- Demonstrate microphone use and techniques for audio capture.
Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain and demonstrate terms used by script supervisors.
Objectives:
- Demonstrate charting a script as a script supervisor.
- Describe the formats of scripts used by script supervisors.
Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain and demonstrate lighting patterns.
Objectives:
- Demonstrate lighting techniques and modifications.
- Describe light temperatures using the Kelvin scale.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE Week Topic
- Introduction, course goals and objectives, grading and attendance policy, assignment of equipment, procedures on equipment use and care; material and supply list.
- Present the applications of the technologies
Lecture: Film making theory, vocabulary, and equipment overview
- Lecture: Production staff: duties, responsibilities of below-the-line film crews
Assignment: Production crews are formed and assignments made for first project
- Lecture: Role of producer, director, and above-the-line personnel
- Lecture: Basic lighting for productions; light temperatures and waveform monitor use
- Lecture: Single-camera operations; basic film style shooting techniques
Assignment: Shoot a “short” demonstrating the proper use of camera.
- Lecture: Recording sound; using hard-wired and cordless microphones; monitoring sound and why
- Lecture: Basic use of Script
Assignment: Shoot a short demonstrating the proper use of scripts.
- Lecture: Modifying lighting; flags, cookies and gel filters for lighting
- Lecture: Directing script supervisor and camera operators
- Lecture: Script approval; planning the shoot; managing the shoot
- Lecture: Alternate uses for microphones; types and uses
- Lecture: Shooting the projects
- Lecture: Post-production workflow
- Lecture: Editing
- Review for exam; final exam; final grades and equipment maintenance
Primary Faculty Marquez, Yoselyn Secondary Faculty Associate Dean Hinrichsen, Timothy Dean Hutchison, Donald
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MACA 1820 - Design for the Web 1 Credit Hours: 4.00 Prerequisites: MACA 1320
(formerly MACA 1720)
This class will provide introductory training in web page and site design. This course is structured to provide a foundation with emphasis on the planning and design process. The student will learn to plan and build well-formed web pages and sites. Students will gain experience using multiple software packages and demonstrate these skills by creating designs, testing, and publishing projects to a web server, using existing markup languages.
Location: South Campus
Contact Hours: 6 Billable Contact Hours: 6 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to generate work on a computer.
Objectives:
- Practice using networks and servers.
- Modify basic web documents.
- Output various publishing formats.
- Practice using different storage options.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the student will write a basic design plan for web pages and sites.
Objectives:
- Determine a purpose for the project.
- Create a content model based on the purpose.
- Create a hierarchy based on the content model.
- Create a wireframe based on the content model.
- Create a design comp based on the wireframe.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the students will create basic web pages and web sites.
Objectives:
- Build graphics required for a web page.
- Use the tools needed to create and modify text in an electronic web page document.
- Place and modify graphics in web page document.
- Compress and export page elements and graphics.
- Refine and link web pages into a web site.
- Practice testing a webpage and site
- Move and save web page files.
- Demonstrate file management.
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, the student will demonstrate basic web programming skills.
Objectives:
- Navigate through an electronic web document.
- Identify, read, modify and write basic web documents.
- Create a simple webpage and website.
- Deliver a website on server network.
Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, the student will employ professional work habits.
Objectives:
- Follow written and verbal instructions.
- Recognize professional work habits.
- Adhere to deadlines and participate in presentations and critique.
- Test projects, practice file management, upload files to a server, and prepare projects properly for presentation.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE Project 1. Create new basic HTML web document using a text editor.
- Text, graphics, naming, file management, compressing/saving/exporting graphics for HTML.
- Student will identify, read, modify and write basic web documents.
- Use proper semantic techniques.
- d. Demonstrate professional work habits
Project 2. Create new basic CSS document using a text editor.
- Link, style and arrange the content in the HTML text doc.
- Use professional problem solving techniques
- Demonstrate professional work habits
Project 3. Design new basic image files using an image editing software.
- Use proper output resolutions and formats.
- Use professional problem solving techniques
- Demonstrate professional work habits
Project 4. Create a working web page using text editor.
- Mid-term project utilizing all skills learned.
Project 5. Design a web site using text editor and image editing software.
- Improve production, planning, and refine workflow.
- Use professional problem solving techniques
- Demonstrate professional work habits
Project 6. Create a working web site document using a text editor.
- Final project utilizing all skills learned
Primary Faculty Crumb, Michael Secondary Faculty Associate Dean Hinrichsen, Timothy Dean Hutchison, Donald
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MACA 1840 - Design for the Web 2 Credit Hours: 4.00 Prerequisites: MACA 1820
This class will provide intermediate training in adding interactivity to the web page and elevate the site building process. This course is structured to continue the foundation concepts achieved in MACA 1820 - Design for the Web 1. The students will practice intermediate design skills and content strategy skills to assess, design, and apply interactivity to pages and projects. This course will promote user-centered design and explore the use of websites in business. Students will train using current industry trends with an emphasis on designing user interaction.
Location: South Campus
Contact Hours: 6 Billable Contact Hours: 6 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to generate work on a computer.
Objectives:
- Practice using networks and servers.
- Examine the basic operating system and items in the system folder.
- Output to various networks and formats.
- Practice using different storage options.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the student will create an intermediate design plan.
Objectives:
- Identify the site plan of an existing web site.
- Write and design a content strategy.
- Modify the content strategy to a web site plan.
- Write a site plan for a new web site.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the students will practice intermediate web coding.
Objectives:
- Identify intermediate web code.
- Read intermediate web code.
- Modify intermediate web code.
- Use the tools needed to create and modify text in an electronic web page document.
- Use the tools needed to place and modify graphics in an electronic web page document.
- Demonstrate file management.
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, the student will create a design comp and follow workflow steps to create an intermediate web site based on current industry trends.
Objectives:
- Navigate through an electronic web document.
- Change application defaults that affect documents created in a computer application.
- Demonstrate how a web site plan can be used to create an intermediate web site.
- Deliver web products on a network.
Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, the student will employ professional work habits.
Objectives:
- Follow written and verbal instructions.
- Adhere to deadlines and participate in presentations and critique.
- Test projects, practice file management, upload files to a server, and prepare projects properly for presentation.
- Recognize professional work habits.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE Project 1. Create new intermediate HTML document using a text editor.
- Text, graphics, naming, file management, compressing/saving/exporting graphics for HTML.
- Student will identify, read, modify and write intermediate web documents.
- Use proper semantic techniques.
- Demonstrate professional work habits
Project 2. Create new intermediate CSS document using a text editor.
- Link, style and arrange the content in the HTML text doc.
- Use professional problem solving techniques.
- Demonstrate professional work habits.
Project 3. Add intermediate techniques to create user interactivity.
- Use proper semantic markup that supports SEO.
- Use professional problem solving techniques.
- Demonstrate professional work habits.
Project 4. Create an intermediate web site plan based on content strategy.
- Mid-term project utilizing all skills learned.
Project 5. Design an intermediate web site using a text editor and image editing software.
- Improve production, planning, and refine workflow.
- Use professional problem solving techniques.
- Demonstrate professional work habits.
Project 6. Create a working intermediate web site and deliver on a network.
- Final project utilizing all skills learned.
Primary Faculty Crumb, Michael Secondary Faculty Associate Dean Hinrichsen, Timothy Dean Hutchison, Donald
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MACA 1900 - Introduction to Motion Graphics Credit Hours: 4.00 Prerequisites: MACA 1200
(formerly MACA 2200)
This course provides an introduction to the concepts, tools, and practices used in creating animation images, or motion graphics. Storytelling, workflow, animation principles, and more will be used to help students understand this evolving field.
Location: South Campus
Contact Hours: 6 Billable Contact Hours: 6 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate an understanding of the interface, file management, and ways to optimize their usage.
Objectives:
- Use and customize hotkeys.
- Modify the interface.
- Create an organized file structure.
- Organize workflow inside the software.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create simple animations.
Objectives:
- Create and delete keyframes.
- Use different techniques to manipulate speed in animations.
- Use different techniques to repurpose animations.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to use advanced animation techniques.
Objectives:
- Use morph shapes.
- Use transparency shapes and channel information.
- Use tools to ease the process of repetition.
- Understand and be able to utilize the principles of animation.
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to use external tools for creating artwork.
Objectives:
- Create vector artwork to be used for animation.
- Create raster artwork to be used for animation.
- Create 3D artwork to be used in an animation.
Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to modify footage in the software.
Objectives:
- Use tools for isolating elements from source files.
- Use tools for matching movement from source files.
- Use tools animating and incorporating elements together.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- First Day Handout - Talk about what class is about
- Introduction to Software, methods…
- Page Transitions
- Page Transitions
- Page Transitions
- Titles/Page Transitions
- Titles
- Titles
- Lower Third/Titles
- Lower Third/Character Scorecards/Hotkey Test
- Character Scorecards/Lower Third
- Character Scorecards/Definitions Test
- Character Scorecards
- 3D Unfold /Character Scorecards
- 3D Unfold
- 3D Unfold/Design Rule
- Design Rule/3D Unfold
- Design Rule
- Design Rule/Angry Bird (planning)
- Design Rule/Angry Bird (planning)
- Angry Bird/Design Rule
- Angry Bird
- Angry Bird
- Tracking/Demo Reel (planning)/Angry Bird
- Tracking
- Demo Reel/Tracking
- Demo Reel
- Demo Reel
- Final Exam #1
- Final Exam #2
- Demo Reel/Tear Sheet Viewing Day Demo Reel
- Grading Day
Primary Faculty Sheehan, Shawn Secondary Faculty Associate Dean Hinrichsen, Timothy Dean Hutchison, Donald
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MACA 2050 - Design 3 Credit Hours: 4.00 Prerequisites: MACA 1025 and MACA 1055; and MACA 1200 or MACA 1320
(formerly MACA 2020)
Students design three-dimensional design concepts for various forms of communication using a variety of media, computer programs, materials, and techniques in black and white, and color. May be taken twice for credit.
Location: South Campus
Contact Hours: 6 Billable Contact Hours: 6 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create visual experiences.
Objectives:
- Interpret information, plan, and create a solution.
- Use the creative process, digital, traditional, practical, or other methods.
- Use dominant and sub-dominant principles.
- Apply 2-D and 3-D principles to their work.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will decipher design principles.
Objectives:
- Analyze the market for the intended product.
- Collect data about pertaining to the product.
- Develop a plan for maximizing strategies.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate proficiency in their design strategies.
Objectives:
- Pitch their idea to a group of peers.
- Discuss the strategies for their designs.
- Receive feedback and update their work.
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will employ good craftsmanship.
Objectives:
- Use appropriate materials.
- Create polished designs.
- Work through planning, tweaking, finalizing artwork.
- Create updatable designs
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Curvilinear/Mechanical/Dynamic line study
- Organic/Rectilinear/Hybrid shape study
- Depth/Form/Texture/Value/Color study
- Design History
- Logo design for business and industry
* This problem varies from semester to semester.
- Mid-semester evaluation
- 3-dimensional design: horizontal/vertical/geometric/curved/dynamic
- Point of purchase display
Primary Faculty Mellebrand, Kristine Secondary Faculty Sarcona, Shaun Associate Dean Hinrichsen, Timothy Dean Hutchison, Donald
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MACA 2110 - Photojournalism Credit Hours: 4.00 Prerequisites: MACA 1010
MACA 2110 introduces students to the practices and principles of photojournalism. Topics include techniques used in documentary, event, and public relations photography. Students must have a digital camera SLR with manual exposure controls.
Location: South Campus
Contact Hours: 6 Billable Contact Hours: 6 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to document people, places, and events using digital photography.
Objectives:
- Use bounce flash technique in photojournalistic situations.
- Produce a photo story with a series of photographs.
- Demonstrate how to prepare images for use in online publications, and web pages.
- Demonstrate resizing and cropping images using software for use in publications.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE Week 1. Introduction, course goals and objectives, grading and attendance policy, assignment of equipment, procedures on equipment use and care; Material and supply list
Lecture: Legal and Ethical Issues Related to Photojournalism
Week 2. Lecture: Ethics of Photojournalism
Lab: Shooting Assignment #1
Lecture: The Photo Story
Lab: Downloading image files, resizing, and storage
Week 3. Lecture: Controlling Motion Assignment #2
Lab: Shooting Assignment #2
Lecture: Panning the shot
Week 4. Lecture: Using Flash to Stop Motion Assignment #3
Lab: Printing Assignment #2
Critique and grading of assignment #2
Week 5. Lecture: Drag that Shutter Assignment #4
Lab: Shooting and caption of each image
Week 6. Lecture: Write and Edit Captions Assignment #5
Lab: Editing photos from assignment #4
Critique and grading of assignment #3
Week 7. Lecture: The Feature Photo Assignment #6
Lab: Image processing and printing
Critique and grading of assignment #4
Week 8. Lecture: Sports Photography Assignment #7
Lab: Shooting sporting events
Lecture: Editing and Selecting Images
Lab: Uploading mutable images using software
Week 9. Lecture: Street Scene Assignment #8
Lab: Process, print, and display
Critique and grading of assignments
Week 10. Lecture: Landscape Story Assignment 9
Lab: Process, print and display
Critique and grading of assignments
Week 11. Lecture: Business Activities Assignment #10
Lab: Process, print, and display
Critique and grading of assignments
Week 12. Lecture: Event Photography Assignment #11
Lab: Process, print, and display
Critique and grading of assignments
Week 13. Lecture: News Stories Assignment #12
Lab: Process, print, and display
Critique and grading of assignments
Week 14. Lecture: Lectures Assignment #13
Lab: Process, print, and display
Week 15. Lecture: Awards Ceremonies Assignment #14
Week 16. Lecture: Prepare Files for Online Publications Assignment #15
Review for exam
Final exam
Final grades and equipment maintenance Primary Faculty Soule Jr., William Secondary Faculty Associate Dean Hinrichsen, Timothy Dean Hutchison, Donald
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MACA 2150 - Advanced Digital Layout Credit Hours: 4.00 Prerequisites: MACA 1055, MACA 1200, and MACA 1320
MACA 2150, a continuation of MACA 1055, uses Adobe InDesign software to create composite page layouts as B&W, spot color or 4 color process. Other applications introduced include Adobe Acrobat. Electronic files are output to a variety of B&W and color proofing devices.
Location: South Campus
Contact Hours: 6 Billable Contact Hours: 6 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will develop skills to generate work on a computer.
Objectives:
Produce simple and complex documents using Adobe InDesign.
Demonstrate how to change application defaults.
Navigate through an electronic document.
Use the tools needed to place, create and modify graphics, images and text in an electronic document.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify problems, approach them systematically, and explore solutions.
Objectives:
Employ the use of spot color (Pantone) or CMYK (4 color process).
Employ the use of a network and a server.
Demonstrate how to change application defaults.
Navigate through an electronic document.
Use the tools needed to place, create and modify graphics, images and text in an electronic document.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create composite images electronically.
Objectives:
Demonstrate the basics of electronic image assembly.
Produce B/W and /or color images.
Electronically output composite images using B/W and color printers.
Employ the use of spot color (Pantone) or CMYK (4 color process). COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Introduction
- The electronic mechanical
- InDesign and the InDesign environment
- Design: considering type and graphic elements
- Type fonts
- Typographic measurement
- Use of space
- Images
- Working with files
- Creating a new InDesign document
- Modifying the document setup
- Save options
- Tools, menus, and palettes
- The tool palette
- The menu bars
- Other palettes
- Navigating InDesign
- Zooming in and out
- Scrolling
- Resizing the window
- Frequently used shortcuts
- Guides, margins, and rulers
- Viewing, adjusting and removing guides
- Setting margins, columns and gutters
- Understanding the rulers
- Creating simple objects
- Creating lines and shapes
- Modifying shapes and content types
- Creating complex shapes
- The pen tools
- Anchor points and segments
- Closed and open paths
- Working with curves
- Merging shapes
- Positioning elements
- Duplicating and moving elements
- Stacking order
- Alignments
- Manipulating elements
- Modify dialog boxes vs. the measurement palette
- Skew, scale, rotate, flip, and move elements
- Applying transformations to elements
- Entering, editing, and importing text
- Selecting text
- Using cut/copy/delete/place and pasting of text
- Navigating through text blocks
- Overset text icon
- Linking text boxes
- Working with colors and frames
- Frames and background colors
- Using the swatches, color palettes
- Defining colors
- Blends
- Frames
- Paragraph formatting
- Paragraph styles
- Rules and paragraph leading
- Setting tabs
- Creating text on a path
- Text on circles
- Controlling the position of type on paths
- Character formatting
- Character styles
- Edit existing styles
- Images
- Placing images
- Copy/cut and paste images
- Scaling placed images
- Modifying image frames
- Cropping pictures
- Locating an image within a document
- Updating
- Master pages
- Creating elements on master pages
- Headers and footers
- Modifying master page items on document pages
- Working with text
- Spell check/dictionaries
- Hyphenation and justification
- Using find/change
- Double spaces after periods
- Hyphens, en- and em-dashes
- Smart quotes
- Rags, widows and orphans
- Story palette
- Glyphs palette
- Printing and packaging
- Page setup dialog box
- Printing your document
- Getting a document ready for a service provider
- Preflighting, packaging your document
- PDFs
- Separations
- Structuring your layouts.
- Grids
- Using custom grids and templates
- Kerning and tracking
- Working with shapes
- Complex merging
- Advanced pen tool techniques
- Complex text elements
- Converting text to paths
- Putting type inside of graphics
- Text on paths
- Text and graphics together
- Coloring text and text boxes
- Text wraps
- Alternative to automatic runarounds
- InDesign clipping paths
- Adjusting hyphenation and justification of text wraps
- Advanced styles
- Heirarchy
- Appending styles from another document
- Styles and workflow
- Creating object styles
- Working with long documents
- The importance of consistency
- Books
- Managing output
- Pre-sets
- Tiling
- Halftones and duotones
- Using the PPD manager
- Postscript and InDesign
- Creating an output request form
- Imposition
- Output tips
- Separations
Primary Faculty Mellebrand, Kristine Secondary Faculty Sarcona, Shaun Associate Dean Hinrichsen, Timothy Dean Hutchison, Donald
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MACA 2176 - Painted Illustration Credit Hours: 4.00 Prerequisites: MACA 1040
(formerly MACA 2175)
MACA 2176 focuses on advanced problems in full color using acrylic paint to produce portfolio samples. Students use a variety of media and mixed media on different surfaces. Samples include architecture, character, vehicle, prop, and product renderings, and illustrative compositions for advertising and animation markets. Problems include setting a mood, telling a story, and being expressive. Group critiques discuss design, concept, color harmony, and composition. May be taken two times for credit with the approval of a Media & Communication Arts advisor.
Location: South Campus
Contact Hours: 6 Billable Contact Hours: 6 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to produce portfolio samples of commercial illustrations that demonstrate technical acrylic painting skills.
Objectives:
- Render chrome in full color.
- Mix media to create effects.
- Develop thumbnail roughs.
- Create a montage composition.
- Create a full color portrait.
- Illustrate a landscape.
- Create an original science fiction or fantasy piece.
- Communicate displacement visually.
- Create an evocative illustration.
- Design a comprehensive rough.
- Scale and grid photo reference.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate research and organizational skills as they apply to creating full color illustrations.
Objectives:
- Develop thumbnail sketches.
- Apply the basics of color theory.
- Render textures through transfer method.
- Neutralize a color with its complement.
- Assemble a reference line.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate skills to apply the principles of value, hue, and intensity to their renderings in full color, indicating full comprehension of light, shadow, color, intensity and value.
Objectives:
- Create a value grid.
- Paint a gradation.
- Match colors from a reference with paint.
- Scale a room in one point perspective.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Introduction
- Classroom etiquette
- Attendance policy
- Departmental codes
- Materials
- Monotone Illustration
- Value grid
- Sketching techniques
- Portraits
- Full Color Portrait
- Gold/Chrome Object
- Landscape Illustration
- Displacement Illustration
- Thumbnails
- Rough
- Montage Illustration
- Thumbnails
- Value rough
- Monotone comp
- Full color finish
- Science Fiction/Fantasy Illustration
- Character concepts
- Location concepts
- Prop concepts
- Method of transportation concepts
- Creature concepts
- Thumbnails
- Value rough
- Monotone comp
- Full color finish
- Evocative Illustration
Primary Faculty Busch, Matthew S Secondary Faculty Associate Dean Hinrichsen, Timothy Dean Hutchison, Donald
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MACA 2180 - Concept Illustration Credit Hours: 4.00 Prerequisites: MACA 1040 and MACA 1200
MACA 2180 combines traditional and digital media in today’s illustration market. Focusing on “telling the story” in a multimedia environment, students learn to seamlessly integrate traditional painted or drawn illustration elements with photography, type, scanned textures, and Photoshop effect elements to create a print or web-ready image.
Location: South Campus
Contact Hours: 6 Billable Contact Hours: 6 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to carry through a professional illustration assignment, from concept to completion.
Objectives:
- Conceptualize visual ideas.
- Create thumbnails.
- Illustrate a rough layout.
- Produce color comps.
- Render a final product.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to utilize a number of media, both traditional and digital, to create professional illustrations.
Objectives: Students will perform using mixed media, including
- Pencil sketching.
- Monotone sketching.
- Acrylic painting.
- PhotoShop.
- Illustrator.
- Recognizing RGB verses CMYK working environments regarding color handling and output.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to problem solve a visual concept and execute a project designed to satisfy a prospective client.
Objectives:
- Exhibit professional speech and behavior.
- Provide multiple solutions.
- Produce a finished product within designated timelines.
- In delivering criticism of other’s work, be considerate and focus the discussion on items over which the person has control. Respond non-defensively to criticism of one’s own work received from others.
- Work cooperatively in a group.
- Revise preliminary drawing concepts based upon client feedback.
- Successfully prepare artwork for print or web and create a printed presentation for the class.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE Week Topic
- Project #1 Problem Solve
- Project #1 Design
- Project #1 Client changes
- Project #1 Execute
- Project #2 Problem Solve
- Project #2 Design
- Project #2 Client changes
- Project #2 Execute
- Project #3 Problem Solve
- Project #3 Design
- Project #3 Client changes
- Project #3 Execute
- Project #4 Problem Solve
- Project #4 Design
- Project #4 Client changes
- Project #4 Execute
Primary Faculty Busch, Matthew S Secondary Faculty Associate Dean Hinrichsen, Timothy Dean Hutchison, Donald
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MACA 2190 - Figure Illustration 2 Credit Hours: 4.00 Prerequisites: MACA 1090
(3 credit hrs prior to Fall 2005)
Advanced study of figure illustration as applied in book, magazine, advertising, and other commercial area; assigned problems using materials and techniques required by mass reproduction processes. May be taken two times for credit with the approval of a Media & Communication Arts advisor.
Contact Hours: 6 Billable Contact Hours: 6 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome A: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate an aesthetic sensibility in regard to illustrating the human figure.
Objectives:
- Illustrate the bone and muscle structure of the human anatomy.
- Apply various media used in mass reproduction (line ink and pencil, wash, charcoal, markers, acrylics, watercolor, etc.).
- Draw the figure fully clothed displaying comprehension of anatomy, weight, balance, and drapery.
- Assemble a reference file from actual photos and other photo sources.
- Draw a proportioned / commercial 8 headed male and female figure in the anterior, posterior, and lateral view.
- Demonstrate foreshortening.
- Identify light and shadow of round and angular human forms.
- Draw proportioned hand studies.
- Draw the human head in different views so as to capture a likeness.
Outcome B: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate technical skills to create commercial figure illustrations.
Objectives:
- Draw the figure with a limited color palette.
- Draw the figure in full color.
- Demonstrate techniques of fashion illustration.
- Draw children.
- Draw the proportional figure in various media for commercial reproduction.
- Render the effect of light on the human form.
Outcome C: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate research and organizational skills as they apply to developing full color illustrations.
Objectives:
- Explain light and shadow of round and angular human forms.
- Identify current illustrators and illustrative trends.
- Illustrate the figure as it relates to problem solving with current visual communication trends.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Introduction
- Classroom etiquette
- Attendance policy
- Departmental codes
- Materials
- Gesture
- Motion
- Limited Palette
- Form and Cast Shadow
- Core and Reflected Light
- Skeletal Bones
- Muscles
- Full Color
- Emotion
- Proportion
- Anatomy
- Linear
- Tonal
- Monochromatic
- Value Grid
- Texture
- Features
- Likeness
- Caricature
- Book Cover
- Artist Study
- Mixed Media
- Sketchbook Exercises
- Drawing from life
- Anatomy studies
- Artist Studies
Primary Faculty Busch, Matthew S Secondary Faculty Associate Dean Hinrichsen, Timothy Dean Hutchison, Donald
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MACA 2210 - Studio Photography Credit Hours: 4.00 Prerequisites: MACA 1010 and MACA 1065
MACA 2210 offers a comprehensive overview of studio photography. Equipment, techniques, and setups of a photographic studio are covered. Students must have a digital SLR camera with manual exposure controls.
Location: South Campus
Contact Hours: 6 Billable Contact Hours: 6 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify the basic operation features of a photographic studio.
Objectives:
- Demonstrate and measure the power output of a light source.
- Explain and demonstrate requirements for color balance lighting.
- Execute a Guide Number test for electronic strobes.
- Properly compute exposures setting using guide numbers.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will develop skills needed to use studio lighting equipment.
Objectives:
- Demonstrate the advantages and disadvantages of the types of available studio lighting instruments.
- Explain and demonstrate the safety concerns using hot Lights.
- Produce images demonstrating the correct use of lighting for portrait settings.
- Produce images demonstrating the correct use of lighting for tabletop setups.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to use light modifiers.
Objectives:
- Demonstrate the controlled use of bounce flash.
- Demonstrate the use of soft boxes.
- Demonstrate the use of reflective umbrellas.
- Demonstrate the use of mix lighting situations.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE Week 1. Introduction, course objectives and outcomes; Grading and attendance policy, assignment of equipment, procedures on equipment use and care; Material and supply list
Lecture: Exposure calculations with studio lighting
Week 2 Lecture: Qualities of light; studio equipment; safety
Lab: Test exposures at all ISOs
Week 3. Lecture: Demonstration: Portrait lighting patterns
Lab: Lighting patterns Assignment#1
Week 4. Lecture: Camera positioning and lens perspective
Lab: Multiple light studio setup
Assignment #1 due; Class critique
Week 5. Lecture: Portraiture posing
Lab: Head and Shoulder shots; Assignment #2
Week 6. Lecture: Portrait retouching
Lab: Software application tools
Assignment #2 due.; Class critique
Week 7. Lecture: Group portraits; Posing two or more subjects
Lab: Lighting and shooting of groups; Assignment #3
Week 8. Lecture: Executive portraiture
Lab: Computer retouching of assignments
Assignment #3 due; Class critique
Week 9. Lecture: Tabletop lighting
Lab: Shooting with bounce lighting only; Assignment #4
Assignment #3 due; Class critique
Week 10. Lecture: Studio strobes
Lab: Metering electronic flash for display photography; Assignment #5
Assignment #4 due; Class critique
Week 11. Lecture: Wedding photography and why
Lab: Shoot set-ups of couples and groups; Assignment #6
Assignment #5 due; Class critique
Week 12. Lecture: Translucent table lighting
Lab: Lighting and photographing glass items; Assignment #7
Assignment #6 due; Class critique
Week 13. Lecture: Fashion photography
Lab: Model shoots; Assignment #8
Assignment #7 due; Class critique
Week 14. Lab: Model shooting continues
Week 15. Lecture: Output of high resolution prints
Lab: Printing and archiving files
Assignment #8 due; Class critique
Week 16. Review for final exam
Final Exam
Inventory and storage of equipment Primary Faculty Soule Jr., William Secondary Faculty Associate Dean Hinrichsen, Timothy Dean Hutchison, Donald
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MACA 2250 - Compositing & 2D Animatics Credit Hours: 4.00 Prerequisites: MACA 1160, MACA 1200, and MACA 1900
MACA 2250 develops a stylized sequential animatic from concept to completion, using both traditional and digital techniques in a 2D environment. Students create and design a script, storyboards, and character style sheets in concept form, which they then digitize and illustrate for the purpose of animating in 2D form on the computer.
Location: South Campus
Contact Hours: 6 Billable Contact Hours: 6 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to design, create, and execute an animatic.
Objectives:
- Conceptualize visual ideas.
- Create story concepts.
- Create thumbnails.
- Plan temporal connections.
- Illustrate rough layouts.
- Produce color comps.
- Render a final product.
- Animate objects in a 2-D environment.
- Utilize sound effects to enhance the animatic.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to produce animation-ready artwork and graphics in a vector application.
Objectives: Students will utilize such tools as
- Sketching.
- Acrylic painting.
- PhotoShop.
- Illustrator.
- After Effects.
- Use and enhance RGB color transition.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to develop character and story into a working digital animated clip.
Objectives: Students will:
- Produce traditional storyboards
- Transfer sequential art to a digital environment.
- Produce a finished product within designated timelines.
- In delivering criticism of other’s work, be considerate and focus the discussion on items over which the person has control. Respond non-defensively to criticism of one’s own work received from others.
- Successfully prepare artwork for print or web and create a printed presentation for the class.
- Present thorough sequences with consistency.
- Produce animated characters with sip-sync voice-overs.
- Render high quality files for DVD and web presentation.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE Week Topic
- Introduction/class foundation lecture
- Story Ideation and Development
- Storyboard/Concept Mechanics
- Lab development
- Adobe Illustrator Digital Art creation/finalizing animation plot and characters
- 2D Animation Techniques: Color and Mood/Movement and Pace
- 2D Animation Techniques: Adobe After Effects animation concepts/skills
- Lab development
- Pre-visualization: use of animation “dailies/roughs” for timing/pre-development
- Digital Assets Development: scene backdrops/sound effects/voiceovers/special effects
- Lab development
- Post-visualization: Animation class critique/review
- Lab development
- Post-visualization: revision process development
- Final review*
- Utilized as a “float” week at instructor’s discretion to incorporate extra “lab development” time
Primary Faculty Sheehan, Shawn Secondary Faculty Associate Dean Hinrichsen, Timothy Dean Hutchison, Donald
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MACA 2300 - Advanced Photoshop Credit Hours: 4.00 Prerequisites: MACA 1320
(3 credit hrs prior to Fall 2005)
MACA 2300 explores image and art problems utilizing Adobe Photoshop advanced techniques. Students create portfolio projects ranging from single to composite images. Color theory, manipulation and correction of existing files are covered.
Contact Hours: 6 Billable Contact Hours: 6 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create or manipulate raster based imaging projects.
Objectives:
- Use templates or scanned files in order to create, alter, or manipulate existing raster based information.
- Prepare files for output to imagesetters and service bureaus.
- Manipulate raster based files to conform to a given purpose or layout.
- Use the tools needed to create and modify rasterized (pixel) images in an electronic document.
- Convert colors to conform to various specification modes.
- Identify color theory and prepare files for various prepress specifications (separations: process color, spot color and trapping, etc.).
- Use various filter and plug-ins to enhance projects.
- Change application defaults that affect documents created in a computer application.
- Navigate through an electronic document.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify problems, approach them systematically, and explore viable solutions.
Objectives:
- Use templates or scanned files in order to create, alter or manipulate existing raster based information.
- Trace templates or scanned files in order to create paths and/or selections.
- Import files from various graphic, drawing, and scanning applications or library storage disks for the purpose of composite imaging.
- Output files to various peripheral devices, laser printers, and color printers.
- Save files in the proper file formats (for imagesetters or internet).
- Prepare files for output to imagesetters and service bureaus.
- Manipulate raster based files to conform to a given purpose or layout.
- Place and modify graphic images in the document.
- Use the tools needed to create and modify rasterized (pixel) images in an electronic document.
- Select various type styles and sizes to conform to specific job specifications.
- Apply various type or character attributes to conform to specific job specifications.
- Use the printers system of measure.
- Scan black and white, grayscale, or halftone and color images.
- Convert colors to conform to various specification modes.
- Identify color theory and prepare files for various prepress specifications (separations: process color, spot color and trapping, etc.).
- Use networking and servers.
- Use various filter and plug-ins to enhance projects.
- Connect to a (filesharing) network to transfer and save files.
- Change application defaults that affect documents created in a computer application.
- Navigate through an electronic document.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to to import and export various text and graphics formatted in several different file formats.
Objectives:
- Import files from various graphic, drawing and scanning applications or library storage disks for the purpose of composite imaging.
- Prepare files for output to imagesetters and service bureaus.
- Manipulate raster based files to conform to a given purpose or layout.
- Place and modify graphic images in the document.
- Use the tools needed to create and modify rasterized (pixel) images in an electronic document.
- Select various type styles and sizes to conform to specific job specifications.
- Apply various type or character attributes to conform to specific job specifications.
- Navigate through an electronic document.
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create various path selections using Bezier path attributes.
Objectives:
- Trace templates or scanned files in order to create paths and/or selections.
- Use the tools needed to create and modify rasterized (pixel) images in an electronic document.
- Navigate through an electronic document.
Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create raster based files for proper output to a service bureau, internet application, or media printer.
Objectives:
- Use templates or scanned files in order to create, alter, or manipulate existing raster based information.
- Save files in the proper file formats (for imagesetters or internet).
- Prepare files for output to imagesetters and service bureaus.
- Manipulate raster based files to conform to a given purpose or layout.
- Use the printers system of measure.
- Convert colors to conform to various specification modes.
- Identify color theory and prepare files for various prepress specifications (separations: process color, spot color and trapping, etc.).
- Use networking and servers.
- Connect to a (filesharing) network to transfer and save files.
- Change application defaults that affect documents created in a computer application.
- Navigate through an electronic document.
Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will create composite images for use in various media applications.
Objectives:
- Use templates or scanned files in order to create, alter, or manipulate existing raster based information.
- Import files from various graphic, drawing and scanning applications or library storage disks for the purpose of composite imaging.
- Manipulate raster based files to conform to a given purpose or layout.
- Use the tools needed to create and modify rasterized (pixel) images in an electronic document.
- Change application defaults that affect documents created in a computer application.
- Navigate through an electronic document.
Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to work within a network environment.
Objectives:
- Output files to various peripheral devices, laser printers, and color printers.
- Save files in the proper file formats (for imagesetters or internet).
- Prepare files for output to imagesetters and service bureaus.
- Use networking and servers.
- Connect to a (filesharing) network to transfer and save files.
- Navigate through an electronic document.
Outcome 8: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to work with peripheral devices such as removable drives, printers, and scanners.
Objectives:
- Output files to various peripheral devices, laser printers and color printers.
- Save files in the proper file formats (for imagesetters or internet).
- Prepare files for output to imagesetters and service bureaus.
- Use the printers system of measure.
- Scan black and white, grayscale, or halftone and color images.
- Navigate through an electronic document.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Introduction to Photoshop
- Cross-platform issues
- Keyboard equivalents
- Menu conventions
- Undoing actions
- Macintosh requirements
- Image files
- Images used in Photoshop
- Resolution
- Resampling images
- Scanning resolution
- Setting preferences
- Creating a new document
- Transparency preferences
- Image display vs. image size
- NavlgaTor palette
- Dragging a marquee with the Zoom tool
- Working on detailed areas
- Opening documents
- Opening and placing Adobe Illustrator files
- Acquire command
- Saving documents
- Saving copies of documents
- Saving Photoshop documents as EPS and TIFF files
- Clipping paths
- Palettes
- Actions palette
- Tool palette
- Selecting ltems and Colors
- Color modes
- Indexed color
- Foreground and background colors
- Palettes
- Where colors come from
- Selecting colors with the Eyedropper tool
- Using the Color and Swatches palettes
- Eyedropper options
- Fill command
- Marquee selection tools
- Ellipse marquee tool
- Marquee options
- Adding to a selection
- Deleting from a selection
- The Lasso tool
- Polygon Lasso tool
- Lasso tools options
- Single Row and Single Column selections
- Feather command
- The Magic Wand tool
- Moving a selection
- Moving selected pixels
- Eraser/Magic Eraser tools
- Painting and Filing Images
- Painting and editing modes
- Hue, saturation, and brightness
- Color gamut
- Using the Paintbrush tool
- Soft-edge brushes
- Creating new brushes
- Saving and loading brushes
- Creating custom brushes
- The Paint Bucket tool
- Filling with a pattern
- Using the Airbrush tool
- Airbrush tool options
- Using the Gradient tool to create
- Painting modes for gradient fills
- Using the Gradient Editor
- Editing a gradient fill
- Gradient transparency mask
- Painting with the Line tool
- Applying arrowheads to lines
- Using the Pencil tool
- Applying the Stroke command
- Linear and radial fills
- Working with Layers
- Layers
- Using the Layers palette
- Creating layers
- Moving layers
- Displaying layers
- Arranging layers
- Deleting and merging layers
- Linking layers
- Copying layers between documents
- Making a selection into a layer
- Composite controls
- Layer masks
- Adjustment layers
- Editing adjustment layers
- Editing Images
- Midtones, shadows, and highlights
- Floating and non-floating selections
- Saving selections.
- Transforming selections and layer contents
- Copying and pasting
- Cutting and clearing images
- Paste Into
- The Rubber Stamp tool
- Retouching with the Rubber Stamp tool
- Aligned and non-aligned cloning
- Cloning with a pattern
- The Smudge tool
- Using the focus tools
- The toning tools
- The Actions palette
- Multiple command actions
- Inserting commands
- Duplicating actions
- Reordering actions
- Contrast
- Reading a histogram
- Using the Levels dialog box
- Defining black and white points
- Defining a neutral gray
- Using the Curves dialog box
- Correcting overexposed images
- Adjusting color balance
- Color Balance to adjust brightness levels
- Adjusting hue and saturation values
- Colorizing
- Using the Variations command
- Color Range
- Using adjustment layers for tonal correction
- Working with Type
- Anti-aliasing
- Type and type tools
- Type and layers
- Creating type
- Changing the color of type
- The Type Mask tool
- Creating transparent type
- Selecting individual type characters
- Using rulers, guides, and grids
- Filling type with a gradient
- Filling type with a pattern
- Applying special effects to type
- Rotating type
- Flipping type
- Using the Pen Tool
- Points and paths
- The Pen tool
- Adjusting a curved path
- Drawing straight lines
- Reshaping curved paths
- Adding and deleting anchor points
- The Rubber Band option
- Converting anchor points
- The Paths palette menu
- Path segments and subpaths
- Masks and Channels
- Masks
- Channels
- Quick Mask mode
- Saving selections in channel
- The Channels palette
- Channels palette icons
- Naming channels
- Channel Options
- Editing a selection in a channel
- Duplicating channels
- Using a selection as a mask
- Converting and Manipulating Images
- Image modes
- Modes and channels
- Changing modes
- Converting from grayscale to color
- Converting from grayscale to duotone mode
- Importing duotones into page layout programs
- Using the Crop tool
- Determining image size
- The Modify commands
- Filters
- Artistic filters
- Blur filters
- Brush Stroke filters
- Distort filters
- Noise filters
- Pixelate filters
- Render filters
- Lighting Effects filter
- Sharpen filters
- Sketch filters
- Stylize filters
- Diffuse filter
- Emboss filter
- Extrude filter
- Find Edges and Trace Contour filters
- Texture filters
- Filter factory
- Offset filter
- Printing
- Continuous tone images
- Dot quality
- The moral of the story
- Converting to CMYK mode
- Compensating for dot gain
- Verifying percent of dot gain
- Transfer functions
- Trapping colors
- Photoshop and Other Applications
- Other applications
- DCS format
- Photoshop and Illustrator
- Getting Illustrator files into Photoshop
- The Place command
- The Open command
- Exporting/saving paths and clipping paths in Photoshop
- Photoshop and QuarkXPress
- Photoshop and the Web
- Graphics on the Internet
- Internet graphics issues
- Scanning for the Web
- Scan settings
- Reducing image resolution
- Avoiding interpolation
- Color correction
- File formats
- Computer color display
- JPEG files
- GIF files
- JPEG vs. GIF files
- Deciding on a compression format
- Cross-platform format
- Indexed color for GIFs
- Dithering
- Types of dithering
- Indexing an image
- Color palettes
- Standard 256-color palettes
- Adaptive palettes
- Super palettes
- Conclusions
- Interlaced GIFs
- Transparent GIFs
- Aliased transparent GIFs
- Type on the Web
- Type from Illustrator
Primary Faculty Sheehan, Shawn Secondary Faculty Sarcona, Shaun Associate Dean Hinrichsen, Timothy Dean Hutchison, Donald
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MACA 2310 - Advanced Photographic Techniques Credit Hours: 4.00 Prerequisites: MACA 1010, MACA 1065, MACA 2110, and MACA 2210
(formerly MACA 2260)
MACA 2310 covers theory and fundamental principles of capturing the color image. Lab techniques include color balance and contrast control with a variety of print enlargement materials. Students must demonstrate their expertise by submitting scheduled assignments in portraiture, display ad, landscape/cityscape, low light, and time exposures by building a portfolio of their work. Students must have access to a digital camera with manual exposure control and an electronic flash attachment.
Location: South Campus
Contact Hours: 6 Billable Contact Hours: 6 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will develop lighting skills using light modification equipment.
Objectives:
- Demonstrate use of bounce cards for ambient lighting.
- Explain and demonstrate fill light applications.
- Demonstrate multiple light setups.
- Demonstrate use of single light source using reflectors.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will produce digital files using post-production software applications.
Objectives:
- Explain and demonstrate different software applications use to upload image files.
- Demonstrate batch-processing files.
- Change color space of files using software applications.
- Demonstrate archive file formats.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students produce finish portfolio prints for display.
Objectives:
- Enhance image files in a digital darkroom.
- Output files to both CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Key (black)) and RGB (Red, Green, Blue) print formats.
- Crop and mount finished photographs.
- Assemble an interchangeable portfolio.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE Week 1. Introduction, course goals and objectives, grading and attendance policy assignment of equipment, procedures on equipment use and care; Material and supply list
Lecture: Digital workflow - Assignment #1
Week 2. Lab: Digital processing (assignment #1)
Lecture: Digital printing
Week 3.
Lecture: You’re Choice - Assignment #2
Critique and grading of Assignments #1 and #2
Week 4. Lecture: Color Balance - Assignment #3
Shoot daylight balance morning, noon, and evening
Lab: Digital processing and printing
Week 5. Lecture: Low Light and Night Photography - Assignment #4
Shoot Time Exposure, Paint with Light, and Multiple Flash
Lab: Digital processing and printing
Critique and grading of Assignments #3 and #4
Week 6. Lecture: Electronic Flash - Assignment #5
Direct, bounce, and diffused flash indoors with mixed lighting
Lab: Digital processing and printing
Week 7. Lecture: Studio Flash Portraiture - Assignment #6
Model Shoot
Lab: Digital processing and printing
Critique and grading of Assignments #5 and #6
Week 8. Lecture: Photo Essay
Day in The Life - Assignment #7
Lab: Digital processing and printing
Week 9. Lecture: Landscape - Assignment #8
Lab: Digital processing and printing
Critique and grading of assignments #7 and #8
Week 10. Lecture: Students show slide show of Assignment #7 - Day in The Life
Week 11. Lecture: Still Life - Assignment #9
Lab: Process, print and display
Week 12. Lecture: Candid Shots of People - Assignment #10
Lab: Process, print, and display
Critique and grading of assignments #9 and #10
Week 13. Lecture: Advertising Layout - Assignment #11
Lab: Process, print, and display
Week 14. Lecture: Color in Motion - Assignment #12
Lab: Process, print, and display
Critique and grading of assignments #11 and #12
Week 15. Lecture: Environmental portraits - Assignment #13
Lab: Process, print, and display
Week 16. Portfolio presentation
Critique and grading of assignments #13 and Portfolio
Review for exam
Final exam
Final grades and equipment maintenance Primary Faculty Soule Jr., William Secondary Faculty Associate Dean Hinrichsen, Timothy Dean Hutchison, Donald
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MACA 2400 - Advanced Digital Video Credit Hours: 4.00 Prerequisites: MACA 1400
(6 credit hrs prior to Fall 2005)
Lecture and intensive hands-on experience in planning producing digital video projects. Detailed elements and advance techniques for producing and directing multi-camera studio and location programs. Post-production techniques and technologies will be emphasized. Creation of 2D and 3D digital video transitions and effects. Advance editing on NLE systems to produce multimedia video presentations to tape, CD, DVD, and the Web.
Location: South Campus
Contact Hours: 6 Billable Contact Hours: 6 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to plan and produce short and long form video productions.
Objectives: The student will:
- Script and storyboard projects in pre and post-production
- Capture video and sound from live multi-camera production.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate the proper use of multi-camera studio and location production equipment.
Objectives: The student will:
- Demonstrate studio theory and technologies.
- Capture video and sound from live multi-camera production.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to capture and mix multi-channel audio.
Objectives: The student will:
- Demonstrate studio theory and technologies.
- Script and storyboard projects in pre and post-production
- Capture video and sound from live multi-camera production.
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to edit digital video using advance NLE software.
Objectives: The student will:
- Script and storyboard projects in pre and post-production
- Edit audio and video projects on non-linear editing systems.
- Add voice and sound over for assigned project.
Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to produce projects to tape, CD, or DVD, and the Web.
Objectives: The student will:
- Edit audio and video projects on non-linear editing systems.
- Produce projects in a variety of media formats, including CD, DVD, streaming video, and digital or analog tape formats.
Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to produce streaming video for the web.
Objectives: The student will:
- Edit audio and video projects on non-linear editing systems.
- Produce projects in a variety of media formats, including CD, DVD, streaming video, and digital or analog tape formats.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE Week 1. Introduction, course goals and objectives, grading and attendance policy, assignment of equipment, procedures on equipment use and care. Material and supply list.
Week 2. Lecture: Video technology. Non-broadcast video theory, vocabulary, and equipment. Present and potential applications of the technologies.
Week 3. Lecture: Production staff: duties, responsibilities of studio crew will be examined.
Assignment: Studio production crews are formed and assignments made for first project.
Week 4. Lecture: Studio camera operations. Basic control room equipment. Basic lighting for studio productions. Lighting switcher and waveform.
Week 5. Lecture: Two and three camera video productions. Basic shooting techniques. Use of video continuity.
Assignment: Shoot a short video demonstrating the proper use of two.
Studio cameras.
Week 6. Lecture: Recording sound. Use of on and off camera microphones. Wired and cordless microphones. Monitoring sound and why.
Week 7. Lecture: Basic use of teleprompters.
Assignment: Shoot a short video demonstrating the proper use of scripts and teleprompters.
Week 8. Lecture: Studio lighting. Flags, Cookies and Gel filters for lighting.
Week 9. Lecture: Pre-Production Planning. Script writing. Storyboarding.
Week 10. Lecture: Script approval. Planning the shoot. Managing the shoot.
Week 11. Lecture: Planning Your Edit. Advance editing techniques.
Week 12. Lecture: Shooting the projects.
Week 13. Lecture: Post-Production. Editing digital projects.
Week 14. Lecture: Editing continues.
Week 15. Lecture: Voice over. Dubbing copies. Burning CD, and DVD’s.
Week 16. Review for exam. Final exam. Final grades and equipment maintenance. Primary Faculty Marquez, Yoselyn Secondary Faculty Associate Dean Hinrichsen, Timothy Dean Hutchison, Donald
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MACA 2510 - Introduction to 3D Credit Hours: 4.00 Prerequisites: MACA 1320
(formerly MACA 2500)
MACA 2510 introduces concepts of working in 3D. Students learn the tools necessary to navigate a 3D environment and to work and build 3D models. Topics also include texturing, animation, and rendering.
Location: South Campus
Contact Hours: 6 Billable Contact Hours: 6 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to navigate a 3D interface.
Objectives:
- Manipulate cameras to change views.
- Create projects.
- Open windows.
- Customize preferences.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create basic objects.
Objectives:
- Create polygon surfaces.
- Create NURBS (Non-Uniform Rational Basis Spline) surfaces.
- Create curves.
- Create subdivision surfaces.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to manipulate geometry.
Objectives:
- Move, scale, and rotate geometry.
- Edit individual components of the geometry.
- Group and parent objects.
- Duplicate objects.
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create simple shading networks.
Objectives:
- Apply basic shading groups to objects.
- Apply textures to the shading group.
- Duplicate and modify shading groups.
- Reuse nodes of a shading group to increase efficiency.
Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able use simple lighting rigs.
Objectives:
- Create basic lights.
- Modify basic properties of the light.
- Control shadow properties.
Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to use cameras.
Objectives:
- Create 1 node cameras.
- Manipulate camera settings.
- Control multiple cameras.
- Animate cameras movements.
Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to render objects.
Objectives:
- Use software rendering from cameras.
- Composite renderings into movies.
- Troubleshoot renderings.
- Use IPR rendering.
Outcome 8: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to animate objects.
Objectives:
- Keyframe objects for animation.
- Delete keyframes.
- Change keyframes.
- Manipulate keyframes.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Interface and basics of 3D
- Basic modeling
- Basic texturing
- Intermediate modeling
- Intermediate texturing
- Advanced modeling
- Advanced texturing
- Basic lighting
- Basic animation
- Rendering
- Compositing
Primary Faculty Sarcona, Shaun Secondary Faculty Associate Dean Hinrichsen, Timothy Dean Hutchison, Donald
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MACA 2520 - 3D Modeling & Rendering Credit Hours: 4.00 Prerequisites: MACA 2510
MACA 2520 expands on modeling and rendering concepts taught in MACA 2510. Students gain a deeper understanding of the hows, whys, and whens of creating 3D models for animating, texturing, and rendering.
Location: South Campus
Contact Hours: 6 Billable Contact Hours: 6 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to model high resolution polygon models.
Objectives:
- Create rough polygon models.
- Refine rough models into highly detailed models.
- Work efficiently with proxy models.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to configure UV’s for their polygon models.
Objectives:
- Use the projection mapping tools to layout basic UV’s.
- Use the UV texture editor to refine UV’s.
- Create multiple UV sets to control texture placement.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to use polygon tools.
Objectives:
- Create primitive polygon objects.
- Add additional divisions to polygon objects.
- Clean-up topology of polygon models.
- Mirror polygon objects.
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create basic shading networks.
Objectives:
- Create shading groups dependent upon the type of material desired.
- Add 2d and 3d texture nodes to materials.
- Use utility nodes to better control the 2d and 3d textures.
Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to customize the interface.
Objectives:
- Create custom shortcut keys.
- Create custom marking menus.
- Backup and restore interface items.
Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to add customized lighting.
Objectives:
- Create a multitude of lights.
- Adjust controls of lights to gain appearance desired.
- Define shadow properties.
- Apply textures and advanced properties to control the lighting appearance.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Introduction to basic layout for creating quality modeling/rendering
- Advanced modeling concepts for creating a photorealistic scene
- Advanced texturing concepts for creating a photorealistic scent
- Utilizing render layers and compositing
- Modeling hard and soft surfaces
- Texturing hard and soft surfaces
Primary Faculty Sarcona, Shaun Secondary Faculty Associate Dean Hinrichsen, Timothy Dean Hutchison, Donald
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MACA 2540 - 3D Animation Credit Hours: 4.00 Prerequisites: MACA 2510
MACA 2540 introduces students to many of the 3D animation tools available. Students learn methods and practices to maintain flexibility and efficiency when animating objects.
Location: South Campus
Contact Hours: 6 Billable Contact Hours: 6 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create simple animation rigs.
Objectives:
- Create bones/joints.
- Create IK handles.
- Create constraints.
- Create attributes.
- Create control objects.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to use character sets.
Objectives:
- Create major character sets.
- Create sub-character sets.
- Add attributes to individual sets.
- Animate objects in sets.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to animate objects.
Objectives:
- Create animation keys.
- Create breakdown keys.
- Utilize locked attributes.
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to edit keys.
Objectives:
- Use the graph editor.
- Use the dope sheet.
- Manually move keys in the timeline.
- Copy and paste keys.
- Loop keys.
Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to manipulate geometry.
Objectives:
- Parent geometry to joints.
- Rigid bind geometry.
- Smooth bind geometry.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Introduction to animation concepts and their correlation to 3D
- Simple animation. Simple object
- Complex animation. Simple object
- Setting up rigging controls
- Utilizing complex rigs.
- Animating a cycle of a biped
- Animating a scene with a biped
Primary Faculty Sarcona, Shaun Secondary Faculty Associate Dean Hinrichsen, Timothy Dean Hutchison, Donald
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MACA 2560 - Compositing with After Effects & Nuke Credit Hours: 4.00 Prerequisites: MACA 2510 or permission of instructor
(formerly MACA 2913)
MACA 2560 provides experience working in 2D and 3D in a production environment. In team and class projects, students will work with green screens, video compositing, and real-world models, as well as utilize High Dynamic Range Imaging (HDRI) technology.
Location: South Campus
Contact Hours: 6 Billable Contact Hours: 6 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to setup, film, and digitally remove green screens.
Objectives:
- Light, film and digitally remove green screens.
- Remove tracking markers.
- Color correct to correct green screen feathering.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to photograph and create HDR images.
Objectives:
- Photograph and compile HDR images.
- Utilize HDR for utilization in Mental Ray rendering.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to work in a team to create digital scenes.
Objectives:
- Model and Texture digital environments.
- Work within a team to complete assignment posing as modeler or texture artist.
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to work with different departments to create animations.
Objectives:
- Receive a storyboard and create an animation from it.
- Work with digital compositors to compile sequences into an animation with audio.
Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create stunning 2D animations.
Objectives:
- Utilize After Effects to create animations using only in-program assets.
- Utilize Maya to create 2D animations from 3D objects.
Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to work with video inside of 3D to setup and render compositing images.
Objectives:
- Work inside of 3D to setup and render compositing images.
- Create and use textures in a 3D environment.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Introduction to compositing and software concepts
- Track 1D, 2D, and 2D camera movements and apply them to other objects
- Track objects which move off screen
- Replace backgrounds of videos
- Apply green screen removal concepts
- Rotoscope video
- Combine 3D video with a single image
- Combine 3D video with a video
Primary Faculty Sarcona, Shaun Secondary Faculty Associate Dean Hinrichsen, Timothy Dean Hutchison, Donald
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MACA 2570 - Advanced After Effects Credit Hours: 4.00 Prerequisites: MACA 1900
(formerly MACA 2916)
This course covers advanced expression, effects, 3D camera, motion tracking techniques as students build their presentation reels to strict requirements and guidelines through a series of comprehensive projects. Projects will cover a wide range of motion tracking, kinetic motion text and design, track mattes, color keys, and CGI composite animation techniques for the purpose of preparing students for positions within the integrated full service media/motion industry.
Contact Hours: 6 Billable Contact Hours: 6 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to utilize filters, effects and presets to modify animation and change the appearance of footage.
Objectives:
- Apply effects and presets.
- Use transition effects.
- Utilize color correction and adjustment layers.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to paint on layers.
Objectives:
- Edit a paint stroke.
- Morph paint strokes over time.
- Create write-on effect with eraser tool.
- Use the clone stamp tool.
- Utilize painting through the scribble effect.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to utilize masks.
Objectives:
- Draw masks with the pen tool.
- Draw custom bézier masks.
- Use multiple mask modes.
- Animate and change mask shapes.
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create track mattes.
Objectives:
- Use alpha channels.
- Import and alter alpha and luminance channels.
- Create a track matte.
- Use soft-edged track mattes.
Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to work with color keys.
Objectives:
- Choose an appropriate color key.
- Adjust and fix color key selections.
- Use Keylight and view key results.
Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to use work with 3D layers.
Objectives:
- Utilize multiple 3D layers.
- Create custom camera views.
- Work with various lighting techniques.
- Add and animate cameras.
- Animate a camera’s point of interest.
Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to use expressions to enhance animation.
Objectives:
- Add expression and relationship attributes.
- Create property relationships.
- Multiply expression values.
- Use text, effects, and expressions.
- Use java-script expression language.
Outcome 8: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to track motion and stabilize footage.
Objectives:
- Track motion within video to apply to other layers.
- Stabilize video footage.
- Utilize Mocha to track motion.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE Week 1. Lecture: Introduction, course goals and objectives, grading and attendance policy, assignment of equipment, procedures on equipment use and care. Material and supply list. Pre test.
Week 2. Lecture: Applying Effects
Week 2. Practical: Alter footage with four diverse effects
Week 3. Lecture: Animating Effects and Pre-sets
Week 3. Practical: Animate a drop shadow effect and explore the cc effect plugins
Week 4. Lecture: Painting on Layers
Week 4. Practical: Create a Write-on effect and utilize Pressure Sensitivity with Paint Tools
Week 5. Lecture: Morph Paint Strokes
Week 5. Practical: Modify the shape of a Paint Stroke over time
Week 6. Lecture: Creating Masks
Week 6. Practical: Mask out footage with various mask pre-set shapes
Week 7. Lecture: Utilize Bézier Masks
Week 7. Practical: Use Pen Tool to create custom masks
Week 8. Lecture: Color Keys and Motion Tracking
Week 8. Practical: Create simple color keys, explore Keylight 2.0, Use Mocha to motion track
Week 9. Lecture: Explore 3D layers and camera techniques
Week 9. Practical: Create 3D layers and camera compositions
Week 10. Lecture: Use expressions and relationship properties
Week 10. Practical: Use expression scripts to enhance and expedite animation
Week 11. Lecture: Assembly and storyboard techniques for individual reel presentations
Week 12. Lecture: Create and organize assets
Week 12. Practical: Work on student reels
Week 13. Lecture: Continue reel presentation specifications
Week 13. Practical: Work on student reels
Week 14. Lecture: Continue reel presentation specifications
Week 14. Practical: Work on student reels
Week 15. Practical: Work on student reels
Week 16. Practical: Compile all videos, and final presentations Primary Faculty Sheehan, Shawn Secondary Faculty Sarcona, Shaun Associate Dean Hinrichsen, Timothy Dean Hutchison, Donald
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MACA 2725 - Content for the Web Credit Hours: 4.00 Prerequisites: MACA 1320
(formerly MACA 2720)
MACA 2725 was created for web page designers and multimedia creators to learn how to plan what content should go on a web page, web social networks, or multimedia project. Students will demonstrate how to plan, design, and create content for web and interactive multimedia projects that can be used for both web and mobile devices.
Location: South Campus
Contact Hours: 6 Billable Contact Hours: 6 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to create designs on a computer based on the content plan.
Objectives:
- Practice using networks and servers.
- Examine the basic operating system and items in the system folder.
- Output to various imaging devices.
- Practice using different storage options.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate the basics of organizing a content plan for any project.
Objectives:
- Design a Content Model for a project.
- Create a Content Model to assess what is needed for a project.
- Organize content based on the Content Model.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the student will apply the tools needed to combine content for multimedia projects.
Objectives:
- Build graphics required for a project and modify text in an electronic web page document.
- Place and modify graphics and behaviors in an electronic web page document.
- Compress and export complete project.
- Practice testing a project.
- Move and save project files.
- Demonstrate file management.
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, the student will compare methods to solve problems by approaching them systematically and exploring solutions.
Objectives:
- Navigate through and produce electronic web documents.
- Change application defaults that affect documents created in a computer application.
- Demonstrate how a program can be used to combine text, graphics, and behaviors.
Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate professional work habits.
Objectives:
- Follow written and verbal instructions.
- Adhere to deadlines and participate in presentations and critique.
- Test projects.
- Practice good file management.
- Upload files to a server.
- Prepare projects properly for presentation.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE Project 1: Create a new document used to refine basic building block skills.
- Create and save text and graphics.
- Use professional problem solving techniques.
- Use a Content Model to organize a message.
- Demonstrate professional work habits.
Project 2: Modify a new document using software.
- Modify and embed new content.
- Use professional problem solving techniques.
- Demonstrate professional work habits.
Project 3: Optimize a new document using compression skills.
- Optimize the weight of a new project.
- Use professional problem solving techniques.
- Demonstrate professional work habits.
Project 4: Demonstrate how to use content building blocks to modify a document.
- Mid term project utilizing all skills learned.
Project 5: Publish a new document using software.
- Publish a new project.
- Use professional problem solving techniques.
- Demonstrate professional work habits.
Project 6: Demonstrate how to use a new software.
- Final project utilizing all skills learned.
Primary Faculty Crumb, Michael Secondary Faculty Sarcona, Shaun Associate Dean Hinrichsen, Timothy Dean Hutchison, Donald
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MACA 2765 - Animation for the Web Credit Hours: 4.00 Prerequisites: MACA 2725
(formerly MACA 2760)
MACA 2765 was created to give students experience creating animation for web and animated desktop apps. Students will demonstrate how to plan, design, create animation, publish pages and desktop applications that can be used for both computers and mobile devices.
Location: South Campus
Contact Hours: 6 Billable Contact Hours: 6 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES OUTCOME 1: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to produce animation on a computer.
OBJECTIVES:
- Practice using networks and servers.
- Examine the basic operating system and items in the system folder.
- Output to various imaging devices.
- Practice using different storage options.
OUTCOME 2: Upon completion of this course, the student will publish basic animations for any delivery platform.
OBJECTIVES:
- Create an animation for any project.
- Use a plan to assess what animation is needed for the project.
- Organize and create animation for the project.
OUTCOME 3: Upon completion of this course, the students will apply the tools needed to design animated projects.
OBJECTIVES:
- Build graphics required for a project and modify text in an electronic web page document.
- Place and modify graphics and behaviors in an electronic web page document.
- Compress and export complete projects.
- Practice testing a project.
- Move and save project files.
- Demonstrate file management.
OUTCOME 4: Upon completion of this course, the student will discover methods to solve problems by testing multiple solutions.
OBJECTIVES:
- Navigate through an electronic web document.
- Change application defaults that affect documents created in a computer application.
- Demonstrate how a program can be used to combine text, graphics, and behaviors.
OUTCOME 5: Upon completion of this course, the student will demonstrate professional work habits.
OBJECTIVES:
- Follow written and verbal instructions.
- Adhere to deadlines and participate in presentations and critique.
- Test projects.
- Practice good file management.
- Upload files to a server.
- Prepare projects properly for presentation.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE Project 1. Create a new document used to refine basic animation skills.
- Create and save text and graphics,
- Use professional problem solving techniques.
- Use a Content Model to organize a message.
- Demonstrate professional work habits.
Project 2. Modify a new document using animation software.
- Modify and embed new content.
- Use professional problem solving techniques.
- Demonstrate professional work habits.
Project 3. Optimize a new document using compression skills.
- Optimize the weight of a new project.
- Use professional problem solving techniques.
- Demonstrate professional work habits.
Project 4. Demonstrate how to use the animation building blocks to modify a document.
- Mid term project utilizing all skills learned.
Project 5. Publish a new document using software.
- Publish a new project.
- Use professional problem solving techniques
- Demonstrate professional work habits.
Project 6. Demonstrate how to use a new software.
- Final project utilizing all skills learned.
Primary Faculty Crumb, Michael Secondary Faculty Sarcona, Shaun Associate Dean Hinrichsen, Timothy Dean Hutchison, Donald
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MACA 2850 - Portfolio Development Credit Hours: 4.00 Prerequisites: Approval of faculty
MACA 2850 will take the students through the stages of building a portfolio (print, web or demo reel). Students will be evaluating their own work, branding themselves, and deciding on the efficiencies and effectiveness of displaying their work in different media. Students will take their own skillsets and learn how to refine and showcase them.
Contact Hours: 6 Billable Contact Hours: 6 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to determine the strengths and weaknesses of a portfolio.
Objectives:
- Discover where to find examples of specialty specific portfolios.
- Investigate how a portfolio is created.
- Dissect their body of work and acknowledge which pieces will help or hinder the job search and what is missing.
- Students will demonstrate the ability to select items for their portfolio that are consistent with their career goals.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to determine the appropriate medium for different portfolio types.
Objectives:
- Explore different mediums available.
- Differentiate between the mediums and explain which types of mediums are more suited towards showcasing different skillsets.
- Define the type of medium they will use to create their portfolio.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to choose pieces which best showcase their abilities, talents, and desires.
Objectives:
- Identify pieces suitable for their portfolio.
- Rank items found for their portfolio into categories of usefulness.
- Manipulate and prepare items for their portfolio.
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will generate a working portfolio.
Objectives:
- Students will use their tools, skills, and resources to begin putting together their portfolio.
- Students will use feedback from instructor and peers while working on their portfolio and revise as needed.
- Students will finalize their portfolio.
Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to utilize methods for promoting their portfolio.
Objectives:
- Students will research different avenues for displaying a portfolio in their field.
- Students will make contacts with professionals in their field.
- Students will research companies to send their portfolio.
Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to utilize resources for ensuring their work and portfolio remain relevant and up-to-date.
Objectives:
- Students will locate resources for maintaining relevant work in their field for use in the portfolio.
- Students will build redundant and editable workflows for maintaining their portfolio.
- Students will present their research, portfolio, and update plan to their class.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE Section 1: What makes a good portfolio? Students will look at and discuss a wide range of ways to showcase their work. Analyzing what works and what doesn’t.
Section 2: Finding a medium. Students will research and analyze the different methods of portfolio creation and display and break down the different types in order to ensure they choose the best one for their specific area.
Section 3: Getting material. Students will investigate the kinds of work appropriate to their chosen medium. They will filter through their own works to find pieces which fit their criteria and build or modify pieces to meet those needs.
Section 4: Building the portfolio. Students will spend a major part of the class developing a portfolio specific to the field they are entering.
Section 5: Getting it seen. Students will explore different avenues for displaying their portfolio and making it accessible to potential employers.
Section 6: Keeping it updated. Students will explore and understand different sources for maintaining an updated portfolio. They will understand when to create new pieces and how to incorporate them into their existing portfolio. Primary Faculty Mellebrand, Kristine Secondary Faculty Sarcona, Shaun Associate Dean Hinrichsen, Timothy Dean Hutchison, Donald
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MACA 2880 - Design for the Web 3 Credit Hours: 4.00 Prerequisites: MACA 1840
(formerly MACA 2800)
This class will provide advanced training in the web page and the site building process. This course is structured to continue the foundation concepts achieved in MACA 1840 - Design for the Web 2. The student will create an advanced design plan by applying a content strategy, based on the client analysis. This user-centered design approach will be refined with a user experience analysis. Students will practice creating advanced websites aligned to current industry trends. The web industry and professional careers will be explored.
Location: South Campus
Contact Hours: 6 Billable Contact Hours: 6 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to apply critical thinking skills to industry products.
Objectives:
- Practice writing content models.
- Develop a client analysis.
- Asses the user’s needs.
- Practice planning that is supported by the content model, user needs and client analysis.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the student will develop an advanced design plan.
Objectives:
- Determine a purpose for the project.
- Create a content model based on the purpose.
- Create a hierarchy based on the content model.
- Identify the User’s needs inside the content model.
- Create a design informed by a complete plan that includes the business and user’s needs.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the students will create advanced websites aligned to current industry trends.
Objectives:
- Build graphics based the on content model.
- Use the tools needed to test and index site structure.
- Place and name graphics to promote SEO.
- Advanced compression of graphics.
- Refine and link web pages to promote ease of use.
- Advanced testing of a webpage and site
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, the student will practice testing advanced website products on a network.
Objectives:
- Practice professional version control.
- Identify, read, modify and write advanced web documents.
- Create advanced webpages and websites.
- Deliver a website on server network.
Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, the student will employ professional work habits.
Objectives:
- Follow written and verbal instructions.
- Adhere to deadlines and participate in presentations and critique.
- Test projects, practice file management, upload files to a server, and prepare projects properly for presentation.
- Recognize professional work habits.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE Project 1. Create a content strategy report.
- Research website purpose and message?
- What does the business need?
- What are the competitors doing?
- What is the business’ value proposition?
- What do users need?
- Build Content models aligned with Client analysis.
Project 2. Use of design communications and prototyping tools.
- Create design documents and prototypes.
- Use advanced design workflow process.
Project 3. Explore Industry and Professional Careers.
- Identify web skills and areas of interest.
- Identify professional careers in web industry.
- Identify local companies and job possibilities.
Project 4. Build a website that is adaptive for use on multiple devices.
- Mid-term project utilizing mobile first approach.
Project 5. Design a web site using an advanced plan.
- Improve production, planning and refine workflow.
- Final project aligns with content model.
- Demonstrate professional work habits.
Project 6. Create a professional website
- Final project utilizing all skills learned.
Primary Faculty Crumb, Michael Secondary Faculty Associate Dean Hinrichsen, Timothy Dean Hutchison, Donald
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
Medical Assistant |
|
-
MAST 1150 - Applied Math for Medical Assistants Credit Hours: 2.00 Prerequisites: MAST 1201, MAST 1202, and MAST 1203 all with grade C or better
MAST 1150 is designed to provide the medical assistant with the mathematical skills necessary to calculate, prepare, and administer drugs safely and confidently in an ambulatory medical setting.
Location: Center Campus
Contact Hours: 2 Billable Contact Hours: 2 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate knowledge of basic math computations such as fractions, decimals and percentages.
Objectives:
- Apply mathematical computations to solve equations
- Define basic units of measurement
- Metric system
- Household system
- Convert among measurement systems
- Identify abbreviations and symbols used in calculating medication dosages
- Calculate proper dosages of medication for administration
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, student will be able to locate dosage strengths utilizing oral and parenteral medication labels.
Objectives:
- Reading Oral Medication Labels and Dosage Calculation
- Identify scored tablets, unscored tablets, and capsules
- Read drug labels to identify trade and generic names
- Locate dosage strengths and calculate simple dosages
- Measure oral solutions using a medicine cup.
- Utilize Medication Administration Records
- List the Rights of Medication Administration
- List action steps with Medication Errors
- Identify correct hypodermic syringe for measurement of parenteral solutions
- A standard 3 mL/cc syringe
- Safety syringes
- A tuberculin syringe
- Tubex and carpuject cartridges
- 5, 6, 10 12, and 20 mL/cc syringes
- Read parenteral solution labels and identify dosage strengths
- Measure parenteral dosages in metric, milliequivalent, unit, percentage, and ratio strengths using 3 mL/cc, TB, 6, 12 and 20mL/cc syringes
- Identify how to prepare solutions from powdered drugs using directions printed on vial label
- Determine expiration dates and times for reconstituted drugs
- Calculate simple dosages for reconstituted drugs.
- Measure Insulin Dosages
- Discuss types of insulin
- Discuss the difference between rapid-, intermediate-, short- and long-acting insulins
- Read insulin labels to identify origin and type
- Read calibrations on U-100 insulin syringes
- Measure single insulin dosages
- Measure combined insulin dosages
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, student will be able to calculate dosage strengths utilizing oral and parenteral medication labels.
Objectives:
- Perform dosage calculations using ratio and proportion
- Define ratio and proportion
- Solve dosage problems using ratio and proportion
- Assess answers obtained to determine if they are logical
- Set up a basic Dimensional Analysis equation
- Set up a basic Dimensional Analysis equation requiring metric conversions
- Use the formula method to solve simple dosage problems containing metric units and mEq dosages
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, student will be able to state the rules of medication administration.
- Right patient
- Right medication
- Right dose
- Right route
- Right time
- Right documentation
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Refresher Math Skills
- Drug Measures
- Medication Labels and syringe calibrations
- Dosage Calculations
Primary Faculty Domanke-Nuytten, Donna Secondary Faculty Associate Dean Primeau, Paula Dean Mirijanian, Narine
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MAST 1201 - Ethical & Legal Practices in the Medical Office Credit Hours: 2.00 Prerequisites: HHSC 1700, HHSC 1740, and WHES 2072 all with grade C or better
Corequisites: MAST 1202 and MAST 1203
(formerly MAST 1210)
This course focuses on scope of practice, the Health Information Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA), patient rights, criminal and civil law, interviewing, compliance reporting, public health statues, legal terms, ethics, morals and practices for emergency situations.
Location: Center Campus
Contact Hours: 2 Billable Contact Hours: 2 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, student will be able to discuss legal implications in the medical office.
Objectives:
- Differentiate between scope of practice and standards of care
- Compare and contrast provider and medical assistant roles in terms of standard of care
- Describe components of the Health Information Portability & Accountability Act (HIPAA)
- Summarize the Patient Bill of Rights
- Discuss licensure and certification as they apply to healthcare providers
- Compare criminal and civil law as they apply to the practice of a medical assistant
- Define:
- Negligence
- Malpractice
- Statute of limitations
- Good Samaritan Act(s)
- Uniform Anatomical Gift Act
- Living will/advanced directives
- Medical durable power of attorney
- Patient Self Determination Act (PSDA)
- Risk management
- Describe the following types of insurance:
- Liability
- Professional (malpractice)
- Personal injury
- List legal and illegal applicant interview questions.
- Identify:
- Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health (HITECH) Act
- Genetic Information Nondiscrimination Act of 2008 (GINA)
- Americans with Disabilities Act Amendments Act (ADAAA)
- Describe the process in compliance reporting:
- Unsafe activities
- Errors in patient care
- Conflicts of interest
- Incidents reports
- Describe compliance with public health statutes:
- Communicable diseases
- Abuse, neglect, and exploitation
- Wounds of violence
- Define the following medical legal terms:
- Informed consent
- Implied consent
- Expressed consent
- Patient incompetence
- Emancipated minor
- Mature minor
- Subpoena duces tecum
- Respondent superior
- Res ipsa loquitor
- Locum tenens
- Defendant-plaintiff
- Deposition
- Arbitration-mediation
- Good Samaritan laws
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, student will be able to define ethics and morals.
Objectives:
- Distinguish between ethics and morals.
- Differentiate between personal and professional ethics.
- Identify the effect of personal morals on professional performance.
- Develop a plan for separation of personal and professional ethics.
- Demonstrate appropriate response(s) to ethical issues.
- Demonstrate cultural diversity respect.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, student will be able to discuss emergency procedures.
Objectives:
- Discuss fire safety issues in an ambulatory healthcare environment.
- Discuss fundamental principles for evacuation of a healthcare setting.
- Identify critical elements of an emergency plan for response to a natural disaster or other emergency.
- Recognize the physical and emotional effects on persons involved in an emergency situation.
- Demonstrate self-awareness in resounding to an emergency situation.
-
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Legal implications
- Ethics and Morals
- Emergency Procedures
Primary Faculty Domanke-Nuytten, Donna Secondary Faculty Associate Dean Primeau, Paula Dean Mirijanian, Narine
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MAST 1202 - Communication & Administrative Business Practices in the Medical Office Credit Hours: 3.00 Prerequisites: HHSC 1700, HHSC 1740 and WHES 2072 all with grade C or better
Corequisites: MAST 1201 and MAST 1203
(formerly MAST 1200 and MAST 1220)
This course focuses on fundamental skills needed to effectively communicate with patients, families, clients, providers, and supervisory personnel. Topics include verbal and non-verbal communication, barriers to communication, coping mechanisms, behavioral theorists, diversity, and coaching patients based on their health care needs as well as the administrative skills needed to create, store, and maintain medical records and scheduling, including electronic medical records.
Location: Center Campus
Contact Hours: 3 Billable Contact Hours: 3 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, student will be able to describe the concepts of effective communication.
Objectives:
- Identify styles and types of verbal communication
- Identify types of nonverbal communication
- Recognize barriers to communication
- Identify techniques for overcoming communication barriers
- Recognize the elements of oral communication using a sender-receiver process
- Define coaching a patient as it relates to:
- Health maintenance
- Disease prevention
- Compliance with treatment plan
- Community resources
- Adaptations relevant to individual patient needs
- Recognize elements of fundamental writing skills
- Discuss applications of electronic technology in professional communication
- Define the principles of self-boundaries
- Define patient navigator
- Describe the role of the medical assistant as a patient navigator
- Relate the following behaviors to professional communication:
- Assertive
- Aggressive
- Passive
- Differentiate between adaptive and non-adaptive coping mechanisms
- Differentiate between subjective and objective information.
- Discuss the theories of:
- Maslow
- Erikson
- Kubler-Ross
- Discuss examples of diversity:
- Cultural
- Social
- Ethnic
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, student will be able to apply effective communication skills.
Objectives:
- Use feedback techniques to obtain patient information:
- Reflection
- Restatement
- Clarification
- Respond to nonverbal communication
- Use medical terminology correctly and pronounced accurately to communicate information to providers and patients
- Coach patients regarding:
- Office policies
- Health maintenance
- Disease prevention
- Treatment plan
- Coach patients considering:
- Cultural diversity
- Developmental life stages
- Communication barriers
- Demonstrate professional telephone techniques
- Document telephone messages accurately
- Compose professional correspondence utilizing electronic technology
- Develop a current list of community resources related to patients’ healthcare needs
- Facilitate referrals to community resources in the role of a patient navigator
- Report relevant information concisely and accurately
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, student will be able to identify appointment scheduling methods.
Objectives:
- Identify advantages and disadvantages of:
- Manual
- Electronic
- Identify critical information required for scheduling patient procedures
- Define types of information contained in a medical record
- Identify methods of organizing the patient’s medical record based on:
- Problem-oriented medical record (POMR)
- Source-oriented medical record (SOMR)
- Identify equipment and supplies needed for medical records in to:
- Create
- Maintain
- Store
- Describe filing index rules
- Differentiate between electronic medical records (EMR) and practice management system (PM)
- Explain the purpose of routine maintenance of administrative and clinical equipment
- List steps involved in completing an inventory
- Explain the importance of a data back-up
- Explain meaningful use as it applies to EMR
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, student will be able to perform medical office business procedures.
Objectives:
- Manage appointment schedule using established priorities
- Schedule a patient procedure
- Create a patient’s medical record
- Organize a patient’s medical record
- File patient medical records
- Utilize an EMR
- Input patient data utilizing a practice management system
- Perform routine maintenance of administrative or clinical equipment
- Perform an inventory with documentation
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Communication skills
- Telephone and reception
- Appointment scheduling
- Written communications
- Health information management and protection
- Emergency Preparedness
- Identify appointment scheduling methods
- Perform medical office business procedures
Primary Faculty Domanke-Nuytten, Donna Secondary Faculty Cellitti, Janet Associate Dean Primeau, Paula Dean Mirijanian, Narine
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MAST 1203 - Financial Business Practices for the Medical Office Credit Hours: 3.00 Prerequisites: HHSC 1700, HHSC 1740, and WHES 2072 all with grade C or better
Corequisites: MAST 1201 and MAST 1202
(formerly MAST 1230)
This course focuses on financial skills related to bookkeeping, accounts receivable, third party reimbursement and procedural and diagnostic coding.
Location: Center Campus
Contact Hours: 3 Billable Contact Hours: 3 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, student will be able to define bookkeeping terms.
Objectives:
- Define:
- Charges
- Payments
- Accounts receivable
- Accounts payable
- Adjustments
- Describe banking procedure as related to the ambulatory care setting
- Identify precautions for accepting the following types of payments:
- Cash
- Check
- Credit card
- Debit card
- Describe types of adjustments made to patient accounts including:
- Non-sufficient funds (NSF) check
- Collection agency transaction
- Credit balance
- Third party
- Identify types of information contained in the patient’s billing record
- Explain patient financial obligations for services rendered
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, student will be able to perform accounts receivable procedures.
Objectives:
- Perform accounts receivable procedures to patient accounts including posting:
- Charges
- Payments
- Adjustments
- Prepare a bank deposit
- Obtain accurate patient billing information
- Inform a patient of financial obligations for services rendered.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, student will be able to apply third party reimbursement procedures.
Objectives:
- Identify:
- Types of third party plans
- Information required to file a third party claim
- The steps for filing a third party claim
- Outline managed care requirements for patient referral
- Describe processes for:
- Verification of eligibility for services
- Precertification
- Preauthorization
- Differentiate between fraud and abuse
- Interpret information on an insurance card
- Verify eligibility for services including documentation
- Obtain precertification for preauthorization including documentation
- Complete an insurance claim form
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, student will be able to identify procedural and diagnostic coding:
Objectives:
- Describe how to use the most current procedural coding system
- Describe how to use the most current diagnostic coding classification system
- Describe how to use the most current HCPCS level II coding system
- Discuss the effects of
- Upcoding
- Downcoding
- Define medical necessity as it applies to procedural and diagnostic coding
- Perform procedural coding
- Perform diagnostic coding
- Utilize medical necessity guidelines
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Bookkeeping terms
- Accounts receivable procedures
- Third party reimbursement procedures
- Procedural and diagnostic coding
Primary Faculty Domanke-Nuytten, Donna Secondary Faculty Associate Dean Primeau, Paula Dean Mirijanian, Narine
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MAST 1240 - Infection Control Practices Credit Hours: 2.00 Prerequisites: MAST 1201, MAST 1202, and MAST 1203 all with grade C or better
This course focuses on fundamental skills needed to provide safe care for patients and protect against health threats to the practitioners. It emphasizes psychomotor skills related to hand washing, medical and surgical asepsis, bloodborne pathogens, sterilization procedures, wound care, dressing changes, and biohazardous wastes.
Location: Center Campus
Contact Hours: 2 Billable Contact Hours: 2 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, student will be able to describe the infection cycle:
Objectives:
- List the major types of infectious agents
- Describe the infection cycle:
- Reservoir
- Susceptible host
- Means of transmission
- Portals of entry
- Portals of exit
- List examples of bloodborne pathogens and dedcribe their means of transmission in a healthcare setting.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, student will be able to define:
Objectives:
- Medical asepsis
- Surgical asepsis
- Personal protective equipment (PPE)
- All body fluids, secretions, and excretions
- Blood
- Non-intact skin
- Mucous membranes
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, student will be able identify Center for Disease Control (CDC) regulations that impact healthcare practices.
Objectives:
- Recognize implications for failure to comply with Center for Disease Control (CDC) regulations
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, student will be able to practice aseptic techniques.
Objectives:
- Selection of appropriate barrier/personal protective equipment (PPE)
- Perform hand washing
- Prepare items for autoclaving
- Perform sterilization procedures
- Prepare a sterile field
- Perform within a sterile field
- Perform wound care
- Perform dressing change
- Demonstrate proper disposal of bio hazardous materials:
- Sharps
- Regulated wastes
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Medical Asepsis and OSHA Standards
- Hand washing
- Alcohol Based Hand Rub
- Gloving
- Sterilization and Disinfection
- Sanitization, Disinfection and Sterilization of instruments
- Autoclaving
- Minor Office Surgery
- Sterile Gloving
- Sterile Dressing Changes
- Sutures and Staples
- Medical Office Instruments
- Assisting in Minor Office Surgery
- Bandaging
- PPE
- Wound care
Primary Faculty Domanke-Nuytten, Donna Secondary Faculty Associate Dean Primeau, Paula Dean Mirijanian, Narine
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MAST 1611 - Laboratory Procedures & Phlebotomy for the Medical Office Credit Hours: 4.00 Prerequisites: MAST 1240, MAST 1811, MAST 1150, and MAST 2301 all with grade C or better
(formerly MAST 1610 and MAST 1330)
This course provides students with the knowledge and practical application of routine laboratory procedures performed in a medical office. Topics include: hematology, chemistry, urinalysis, immunology, and microbiology testing, as well as laboratory safety procedures, quality assurance, and quality control procedures. This course introduces students to the basic skills of phlebotomy. Students learn proper technique for physicians’ offices and outpatient clinics. Topics include point of care testing, venipuncture, blood collection, equipment, order of draw, specimen handling, and legal issues.
Location: Center Campus
Contact Hours: 4 Billable Contact Hours: 4 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to apply to laboratory safety procedures required by OSHA.
Objectives:
- Recognize safety regulations for chemical, biological and electrical hazards
- Describe the information that a Safety Data Sheet (SDS) must include.
- Demonstrate proper handling of laboratory specimens
- Recognize laboratory safety equipment and supplies
- Demonstrate the proper procedures for reporting and documenting a laboratory accident
- Demonstrate the proper clean up and proper disposal of a chemical and blood spill
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, student will be able to describe CLIA waived testing.
Objectives:
- Identify CLIA waived tests associated with common diseases
- Obtain specimens and perform:
- CLIA waived hematology test
- CLIA waived chemistry test
- CLIA waived urinalysis
- CLIA waived immunology test
- CLIA waived microbiology test
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, student will be able to instruct a patient for a procedure or diagnostic test.
Objectives:
- Explain a Clean Catch Mid-Stream Urine collection
- Explain a 24 hour Urine Collection Technique
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe venipuncture technique including: blood collection equipment, additives, and order of draw.
Objectives:
- List the equipment and supplies needed to collect blood by venipuncture.
- List antiseptics and disinfectants.
- Explain the purpose of using a tourniquet for venipuncture.
- Explain evacuated tube system.
- Identify the general categories of additives used in blood collection
- List the various additives within each category
- Describe how each additive works
- Describe the color-coding used to identify the presence or absence of additives in blood collection tubes
- Explain why the “Order of draw” for collecting multiple tubes is important.
Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to perform venipuncture technique.
Objectives:
- Select appropriate venipuncture site
- Assemble proper equipment
- Collect appropriate specimen
Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to perform butterfly technique.
Objectives:
- Select appropriate site
- Assemble proper equipment
- Collect appropriate specimen
Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to perform capillary technique.
Objectives:
- Select appropriate site
- Assemble proper equipment
- Collect appropriate specimen
- Describe the proper procedure for collecting specimens from adults, infants, and children.
Outcome 8: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate the proper handling and processing of laboratory blood specimens.
Objectives:
- Process the laboratory requisitions
- Show awareness of the patients concerns related to the procedure being performed
- Identify the patient utilizing two patient identifiers.
Outcome 9: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate proper safety procedures.
Objectives:
- Utilize Protective Personal Equipment (PPE), required by Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
- Utilize engineered safety devices
- State safety rules to follow when working in the laboratory or in patient areas.
- Discuss examples of blood-borne pathogens and describe their means of transmission in a healthcare setting
- Identify safety techniques that can be used in responding to accidental exposure to:
- Blood
- Needle sticks
- Chemicals
Outcome 10: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to outline quality assurance and legal issues.
Objectives:
- Recognize legal implications associated with phlebotomy in the healthcare environment.
- Describe the components of a quality assurance (QA) program
- Differentiate quality control (QC) from QA.
- Identify proper procedures for errors: improper technique, mislabeling, incorrect patient, and/or incorrect order of draw.
- Report adverse reactions to blood draw such as patient injury, needle stick injuries, and/or loss of consciousness.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Laboratory safety procedures
- CLIA waived testing:
- Urinalysis
- Hematology
- Chemistry
- Immunology
- Instruct a patient for a procedure
- Blood collection equipment, additives, and order of draw.
- Venipuncture technique
- Butterfly technique
- Capillary technique
- Proper handling and processing of laboratory specimens
- Safety Procedures
- Quality assurance, quality control and legal issues
Primary Faculty Domanke-Nuytten, Donna Secondary Faculty Cellitti, Janet Associate Dean Primeau, Paula Dean Mirijanian, Narine
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MAST 1811 - Topics in Pharmacology for Medical Assistants Credit Hours: 2.00 Prerequisites: MAST 1201, MAST 1202, and MAST 1203 all with grade C or better
(formerly MAST 1810)
This course is designed to provide the medical assistant with a working knowledge of pharmacology. Drugs are explained through their effects on the body’s anatomical structures and systems. Topics include drug names, laws, development, categories, sources, forms, resources, classification of drugs, immunizations, abuse, and misuse of substances.
Contact Hours: 2 Billable Contact Hours: 2 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe basic pharmacology concepts.
Objectives:
- Identify names
- Identify Laws
- Identify Drug development
- Identify Drug categories
- Identify Drug sources
- Identify Drug forms
- Identify Resources for drug information
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, student will be able to identify the general classifications of commonly prescribed medications.
Objectives:
- Create drug reference cards outlining:
- Indication for use
- Desired effects
- Side effects
- Adverse reactions
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, student will be able to identify immunizations.
Objectives:
- Identify the disease for which immunizations are administered
- Identify the most frequent adverse reactions of the vaccines usually given.
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to recognize abuse and misuse of substances.
Objectives:
- Recognize substance abuse
- Identify the signs and symptoms of abuse
- List problems of abuse in:
- Older adults
- Health care professionals
- Explain how legal substances can be addictive:
- Caffeine
- Nicotine
- Alcohol
- State dangers of secondhand smoke
- Identify problems related the use of illegal or recreational drugs
- Marijuana
- Cocaine
- Opiates
- Hallucinogens
- Club drugs
- Identify symptoms of abuse of household substances
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Basic pharmacology concepts
- General classifications of commonly prescribed medications and immunizations.
- Abuse and misuse of substances
Primary Faculty Domanke-Nuytten, Donna Secondary Faculty Associate Dean Primeau, Paula Dean Mirijanian, Narine
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MAST 2010 - Fundamental Clinical Office Skills Credit Hours: 4.00 Prerequisites: MAST 1240, MAST 1811, MAST 1150, and MAST 2301 all with grade C or better
This course focuses on fundamental skills needed to provide safe care for patients. It emphasizes psychomotor skills related to obtaining vital signs, performing patient screening, and assisting a provider with an exam.
Location: Center Campus
Contact Hours: 4 Billable Contact Hours: 4 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, student will be able to describe diagnostic measurements for patient screening.
Objectives:
- Indicate common diagnostic screening measures:
- Vital signs: Blood Pressure, Temperature, Pulse, and Respirations
- Height
- Weight
- Length (infant)
- Head circumference (infant)
- Pulse oximetry
- Electrocardiography
- Pulmonary function testing
- Peak flow meter
- Basic vision screening
- Basic Hearing screening
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, student will be able to demonstrate diagnostic measurements for the patient screening process.
Objectives:
- Demonstrate common diagnostic screening measures:
- Vital signs: Blood Pressure, Temperature, Pulse, and Respirations
- Height
- Weight
- Length (infant)
- Head circumference (infant)
- Pulse oximetry
- Electrocardiography
- Pulmonary function testing
- Peak flow meter
- Basic vision screening
- Basic Hearing screening
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, student will be able to record diagnostic measurements for the patient.
Objectives:
- Document in the patient medical record finding of diagnostic measurements.
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, student will be able to verify the rules of medications administration:
Objectives:
- List the rights of medication administration:
- Right patient
- Right medication
- Right dose
- Right route
- Right time
- Right documentation
Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, student will be able to identify proper sites for administering medication:
Objectives: Identify proper sites for administering medication
- Oral
- Parenteral a. Intradermal b. Intramuscular c. Sub-cutaneous
Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, student will be able to demonstrate administration of medications:
Objectives:
- Administer medications:
- Oral
- Parenteral
- Intradermal
- Intramuscular
- Sub-cutaneous
Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, student will be able to demonstrate assisting a health care provider with a procedure or treatment.
Objectives:
- Instruct patient in procedure or treatment
- Assist health care provider with exam
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Basic Patient Care and Charting
- Measuring Weight and Height
- Positioning and Draping
- Assisting in Patient Transfer
- Introduction to Assistive Mobility Devices
- Assisting in a Physical Examination
- Vital Signs
- Temperature, Pulse, Respiration
- Blood Pressure
- Pulse Oximetry
- Cardiopulmonary Procedures
- Electrocardiography
- Holter Monitors
- Pulmonary Function Testing
- Peak Flow Testing
- Eye and Ear Assessment
- Basic Vision Screening
- Basic Hearing Screening
- Pediatrics
- Weight and Length of Infants
- Head Circumference
- Growth Charts
- Pediatric Injections and Immunization
- Radiology and Diagnostic Imaging
- Introduction to Diagnostic Imaging
- Positioning
- Prepping a Patient for Radiological Imaging
- Administration of Medication
- Introduction to Administering, Prescribing and Dispensing Medications
- Routes of Administration
- List the “Rights” Of Administration
- Common Sites for Administration of Parenteral Medication
Primary Faculty Domanke-Nuytten, Donna Secondary Faculty Associate Dean Primeau, Paula Dean Mirijanian, Narine
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
|
|
|
|
-
MAST 2400 - Medical Assistant Clinical Practicum Credit Hours: 3.00 Prerequisites: MAST 1611 and MAST 2010 all with grade C or better
(formerly MAST 2800)
MAST 2400 provides supervised clinical experience in an affiliated medical office facility to give students practical skills. This unpaid clinical practicum will be at various medical offices and hours and shifts are set by the facility. A minimum of 160 hours is required. This course is graded on a pass/fail basis. Students are required to pass this course to graduate from the program.
Location: Off-site, by arrangement
Contact Hours: 160 Billable Contact Hours: 6 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Upon completion of this course, students will:
Outcome 1: Perform diagnostic measurements for patient screening.
Objectives:
- Measure and record: blood pressure, temperature, pulse, respirations, height, weight, length and head circumference (infant), and pulse oximetry.
- Perform electrocardiography, venipuncture, capillary puncture, and pulmonary function testing.
- Document measurements obtained.
Outcome 2: Verify the rules of medication administration.
Objectives:
- Determine right patient, medication, dose, route, time and documentation.
Outcome 3: Administer medications.
Objectives:
- Select proper sites for administering parenteral medication.
- Administer oral medications.
- Administer parenteral (excluding IV) medications.
Outcome 4: Assist provider with a procedure or treatment.
Objectives:
- Instruct and prepare a patient for a procedure or a treatment
- Assist provider with a patient exam.
Outcome 5: Obtain specimens and perform various CLIA waived tests.
Objectives:
- Perform quality control measure.
- Perform CLIA waived hematology, chemistry, urinalysis, immunology and microbiology tests
- Maintain lab test results using flow sheets.
- Differentiate between normal and abnormal test results.
Outcome 6: Perform emergency protocols.
Objectives:
- Produce up-to-date documentation of provider/professional level CPR.
- Perform first aid procedures for:
- bleeding
- diabetic coma or insulin shock
- fractures
- seizures
- shock
- syncope
- Incorporate critical thinking skills when performing patient assessment.
- Incorporate critical thinking skills when performing patient care.
- Show awareness of a patient’s concerns related to the procedure being performed.
- Calculate proper dosages of medication for administration.
- Select appropriate barrier/personal protective equipment.
- Perform hand-washing.
Outcome 7: Practice aseptic technique.
Objectives:
- Prepare items for autoclaving.
- Perform sterilization procedures.
- Prepare a sterile field.
- Perform within a sterile field.
- Perform wound care.
- Perform dressing change.
- Demonstrate proper disposal of biohazardous material:
- sharps
- regulated wastes
Outcome 8: Outline dietary needs.
Objectives:
- Instruct a patient according to patient’s special dietary needs.
- Show awareness of patient’s concerns regarding a dietary change.
Outcome 9: Communicate information to providers and patients.
Objectives:
a. Use feedback techniques to obtain patient information including: reflection, restatement, and clarification
- Respond to nonverbal communication.
- Use medical terminology correctly and pronounced accurately to communicate information to providers and patients:
- Coach patients regarding: office policies, health maintenance, disease prevention, and treatment plan
- Coach patients appropriately considering: cultural diversity, developmental life stage, and communication barriers
- Demonstrate professional telephone techniques.
- Document telephone messages accurately.
- Compose professional correspondence utilizing electronic technology.
- Facilitate referrals to community resources in the role of a patient navigator.
- Report relevant information concisely and accurately.
- Demonstrate: empathy, active listening, and nonverbal communication.
- Demonstrate the principles of self-boundaries
- Demonstrate respect for individual diversity including: gender, race, religion, age, economic status, and appearance
- Explain to a patient the rationale for performance of a procedure
Outcome 10: Perform medical office administrative functions.
Objectives:
- Manage appointment schedule using established priorities.
- Schedule a patient procedure.
- Create a patient’s medical record.
- Organize a patient’s medical record.
- File patient medical records.
- Utilize an EMR.
- Input patient data utilizing a practice management system.
- Perform routine maintenance of administrative or clinical equipment.
- Perform an inventory with documentation.
- Display sensitivity when managing appointments.
Outcome 11: Perform medical office financial procedures.
Objectives:
- Perform accounts receivable procedures to patient accounts including posting: charges, payments, and adjustments.
- Prepare a bank deposit.
- Obtain accurate patient billing information.
- Inform a patient of financial obligations for services rendered.
- Demonstrate professionalism when discussing patient’s billing record.
- Display sensitivity when requesting payment for services rendered.
Outcome 12: Implement third party reimbursement procedures.
Objectives:
- Interpret information on an insurance card.
- Verify eligibility for services including documentation.
- Obtain precertification or preauthorization including documentation.
- Complete an insurance claim form.
- Interact professionally with third party representatives.
- Display tactful behavior when communicating with medical providers regarding third party requirements.
- Show sensitivity when communicating with patients regarding third party requirements.
Outcome 13: Perform procedural and diagnostic coding.
Objectives:
- Perform Procedural and Diagnostic Coding utilizing medical guidelines
- Utilize tactful communication skills with medical providers to ensure accurate code selection.
Outcome 14: Differentiate between legal, ethical and moral issues affecting healthcare.
Objectives:
- Apply HIPAA rules in regard to privacy and release of information.
- Document patient care accurately in the medical record.
- Apply the Patient’s Bill of Rights as it relates to choice of treatment; consent for treatment; and refusal of treatment.
- Demonstrate sensitivity to patient rights.
- Protect the integrity of the medical record.
- Demonstrate appropriate response(s) to ethical issues.
- Recognize the impact personal ethics and morals have on the delivery of healthcare.
Outcome 15: Utilize appropriate safety and protective devices.
Objectives:
- Comply with: safety signs, symbols, and labels.
- Demonstrate proper use of eyewash equipment, fire extinguishers, and sharps disposal containers.
- Use proper body mechanics.
- Evaluate the work environment to identify unsafe working conditions.
Outcome 16: Utilize safety practices with patients.
Objectives:
- Utilizes two patient identifiers in all interactions with patients.
- Labels specimens in front of the patient.
Outcome 17: Demonstrate professionalism.
Objectives:
- Arrives on time, no absenteeism.
- Dresses in a professional manner and has proper hygiene.
- During slack time, uses it constructively.
- Asks questions and/or seeks help appropriately.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Perform diagnostic measurements for patient screening
- Verify the rules of medication administration
- Administer Medications
- Assist Provider with a procedure or treatment
- Obtain Specimens and perform various CLIA waived tests
- Perform Emergency Protocols
- Practice Aseptic technique
- Outline Dietary Needs
- Communicate Information to Providers and Patients
- Perform Medical Office Administrative Functions
- Perform Medical Office Financial Procedures
- Implement Third Party Reimbursement Procedures
- Perform procedural and diagnostic coding
- Differentiate Between Legal, Ethical and Moral Issues Affecting Healthcare
- Utilize Appropriate Safety and Protective Devices
- Utilize Safety practices with patients
- Demonstrate professionalism
Primary Faculty Domanke-Nuytten, Donna Secondary Faculty Associate Dean Primeau, Paula Dean Mirijanian, Narine
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
MAST 2500 - Medical Assistant Refresher/Exam Review Credit Hours: 3.00 Prerequisites: None
This course provides a capstone review for students or graduates from medical assistant programs and experienced medical assistants who are preparing to take the national certification exam. This course is graded on a pass/fail basis.
Contact Hours: 3 Billable Contact Hours: 3 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon successful completion of this review course, students will be able to use appropriate and professional communication in the medical office to promote healthy behaviors relating to a diverse population.
Objectives:
- Identify and define medical terms, word parts, and abbreviations related to all body systems.
- Distinguish between normal function and pathology of the body.
- Differentiate between legal, ethical, and moral issues affecting healthcare including standard of practice and HIPPA.
- Compare body structure and function of the human body across the life span.
- Recognize elements of fundamental writing skills.
- Identify resources required to instruct patients according to their needs to promote health maintenance and disease prevention.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe administrative functions in the medical office.
Objectives:
- Differentiate between electronic versus paper methods for filing and record keeping.
- Identify critical information required for patient appointment scheduling, patient admissions or procedures.
- Identify types of records and equipment and supplies needed for record keeping.
- Identify types of insurance plans and models of managed care.
- Distinguish between diagnostic and procedural coding.
- Differentiate between bookkeeping, accounting, and accounts receivable and payable.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of the course, the student will be able to describe clinical skills utilized in the medical office.
Objectives:
- Identify the infection cycle, asepsis and infection control procedures.
- Identify proper equipment and assist with patient assessment including measurement and positioning, and minor surgical procedures.
- Identify proper equipment, placement, patient preparation, and instruction for the procedures.
- Recognize OSHA standards, laboratory safety and equipment.
- Differentiate quality control standards.
- Recognize components of nutrition, food pyramid, and therapeutic diets.
- Identify classifications, effects, side effects, and adverse reactions of medications.
- Identify proper dosages, units of measure, and abbreviations in calculating medication dosages.
- Describe personal protective equipment, body mechanics and safety techniques to prevent accidents, evacuation in a healthcare environment, fire safety, and an emergency plan for emergencies or natural disaster.
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course the student will be able to calculate proper medication dosages.
Objectives:
- Demonstrate knowledge of basic math computations such as fractions, decimals and percentages.
- Locate dosage strengths utilizing oral and parenteral medication labels.
- Calculate dosage strengths utilizing oral and parenteral medication labels.
- State the rules of medication administration.
Outcome 5: Upon completion of the course, the student will be able to complete mock computerized exams in preparation for a national certification examination.
Objectives:
- Complete the Mock CMA Exam.
- Complete the quizzes assigned by topic.
- Complete the Online publisher’s exam.
- Complete the HESI exam.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- General Knowledge
- Medical Terminology
- Law and ethics
- Anatomy and Physiology
- Psychology and Stages of Human Growth and Development
- Communication: written and mail processing
- Patient Education
- Review Administrative Knowledge
- Administrative Technologies
- Appointment Scheduling
- Medical Records
- Correspondence
- Medical Insurance
- Medical Coding and Claims
- Financial Practices
- Practice Management
- Review Clinical Knowledge
- Microorganisms and Asepsis
- Patient Exams, assisting, vital signs
- Minor Surgical Procedures
- Electrocardiography
- Laboratory Procedures/Phlebotomy
- Medical Imaging
- Physical Modalities
- Nutrition
- Pharmacology and Medication Administration
- Emergency Preparedness
Primary Faculty Domanke-Nuytten, Donna Secondary Faculty Associate Dean Primeau, Paula Dean Mirijanian, Narine
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
Metal Craft Theory |
|
-
ATMT 1150 - Machine Theory-Machine Tool Laboratory 1 Credit Hours: 3.00 Prerequisites: None
Basic theory and operations of the fundamental machines used in a modern machine shop. Basic skills and technical knowledge are covered for drill presses, shapers, lathes, and milling machines. Safe work habits are emphasized. Inspection is an integral part of the course.
Location: South Campus
Contact Hours: 3 Billable Contact Hours: 3 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to develop safe work habits.
Objectives:
- Learn proper use of safety equipment.
- Learn safe dressing practices.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to use precision measuring instruments.
Objectives:
- Measure objects using micrometers and calipers.
- Locate workpiece edges using wiggler/edge finders.
- Scribe objects with Height gauge.
- Tram objects using a dial indicator.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to setup and operate typical machines used in a machine shop.
Objectives:
- Identify parts, nomenclature, and attachments of the drill press.
- Identify parts, nomenclature, and attachments of the engine lathe.
- Identify parts, nomenclature, and attachments of the horizontal and vertical milling machines.
- Identify parts, nomenclature, and attachments of the pedestal grinder.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Shop Orientation / Safety Decimal Problems: Interpreting Decimal Values General Safety
- Basic Layout and Measuring / Tool Metrology Problems: Using Measuring Tools Correctly and Precisely
- Lathe / Nomenclature / 411 / Cutting Speeds and Feeds / Work Driving Methods Setup Problems: Become Familiar with Lathe Terminology and Functions
- Lathe Straight / Turning, Facing / Shouldering / Knurling / Undercutting Problems: Lathe Demonstration Working with Taps and Dies
- Drill Press and Drill Procedures Problems: Drill Press Demonstration Tapping, Reaming Counter-boring
- Vertical Milling Machines Nomenclature / Setup and Basic Use Problems: Become Familiar with Mill Terminology and Function, Indicating Vise, Training Heat, etc.
- Vertical Milling Machines Cutters and Accessories Problems: Vertical Milling Machine Demo Squaring Stock, Cutting Angles, etc. Review Problems: General Shop Assignment
Primary Faculty Walters, Gary Secondary Faculty Associate Dean Pawlowski, Timothy Dean Hutchison, Donald
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
ATMT 1160 - Machine Theory-Machine Tool Laboratory 2 Credit Hours: 3.00 Prerequisites: ATMT 1150 or consent of apprenticeship coordinator
Advanced operations on the drill press and lathe in a modern machine shop. Safety in threading, taper turning and boring is emphasized. Layout and bench procedures are also an integral part of this course.
Location: South Campus
Contact Hours: 3 Billable Contact Hours: 3 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to grind high-speed steel cutting tools using a pedestal grinder.
Objectives:
- Grind clearance angles on lathe tools.
- Grind rake angles on lathe tools.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to manufacture ID/OD threads using an engine lathe.
Objectives:
- Learn thread nomenclature.
- Calculate thread data using appropriate formulas.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to manufacture tapers using an engine lathe.
Objectives:
- Identify parts and nomenclature of tapers.
- Calculate taper data using appropriate formulas.
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to grind components to required surface finish using a surface grinder.
Objectives:
- Identify parts and nomenclature of surface grinders.
- Identify parts and nomenclature of cylindrical grinders.
- Properly select grinding wheels and grades.
Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to manufacture spur gears using horizontal milling machine.
Objectives:
- Identify parts and nomenclature of spur gears.
- Calculate movement to cut a spur gear on a dividing head.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Orientation Safety Measure Review and Layout
- Lathe Thread Formation and Calculation, Cutting Threads - External and Internal
- Lathe - Turning and Checking Tapers
- Horizontal Mills Dividing Head Indexing, Simple and Direct Indexing, Angular Indexing
- Gears and Gear Cutting, Spur Gear Calculation, Cutting a Gear, Gear Inspection
- Grinding and Abrasive Machining, Grinding Wheel Selection, Dressing the Grinding Wheel, Grinding Fluid, Surface Grinding, Work Holding Devices, Problems and Solution in Surface Grinding
- Practical Theory Applications
Primary Faculty Walters, Gary Secondary Faculty Associate Dean Pawlowski, Timothy Dean Hutchison, Donald
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
ATMT 1210 - Machine Theory-Benchwork, Drill Presses & Lathes Credit Hours: 2.00 Prerequisites: None
Theory of linear and surface finish measurement as well as the proper use of the tools and instruments used in these areas. Also covered is the proper use and care of the hand tools used in such operations as scraping, filing, sawing, chipping, and layout procedures. Drill press and lathe operations and the tools and accessories used on each are studied in addition to screw threads and standard taper design.
Location: South Campus
Contact Hours: 2 Billable Contact Hours: 2 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe machine shop safety, hand tools, arbor presses, work holding devices, bench files and off hand grinding.
Objectives:
- Using the material presented on machine shop safety and hand tools, list the safety requirements in the machine shop and explain the proper hand tools for specific tasks and their proper use with 80% accuracy.
- Using the material presented on arbor presses and work holding devices, list the proper type arbor press for specific tasks and list the proper work holding devices for machine shop specific processes with 80% accuracy.
- Using the material presented on bench files and off-hand grinding, list the proper file for specific benching and finishing processes and describe the off-hand grinding procedures used in the machine shop with 80% accuracy.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe basic and precision dimensional measurement in machining and finishing, detail layout, micrometers, verniers, gage blocks and comparison measuring processes.
Objectives:
- Using the material presented on basic and precision dimensional measurement and detail layout, describe basic and precision dimensional measurement and define the process of detail layout with 80% accuracy.
- Using the material presented on micrometers and verniers, read the micrometer and vernier scales for Metric and English dimensional unit precision measurement with 80% accuracy.
- Using the material presented on gage blocks and comparison measurement, calculate the minimum gage block stacks for machine shop set up and describe the comparison measuring processes used in the machine shop.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe drilling machines, drilling machine tooling, and drilling machine processes.
Objectives:
- Using the material presented on drilling machines, identify the proper drilling machine for specific drilling operations; determine machine size and capacity with 80% accuracy.
- Using the material presented on drilling machine tooling, identify the proper tooling for specific drilling operations with 80% accuracy.
- Using the material presented on drilling machine processes, state the proper process and calculate the correct speeds and feeds on drilling machines for the following with 80% accuracy:
- Drilling.
- Countersinking.
- Counter-boring.
- Reaming.
- Tapping.
Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe turning machines, turning machine tooling, and turning machine processes.
Objectives:
- Using the material presented on turning machines, identify the various types of turning machines; identify the correct turning machine for specific turning operations, including machine size and capacity with 80% accuracy.
- Using the material presented on turning machine tooling, identify the proper tooling for specific turning operations with 80% accuracy.
- Using the material presented on turning machine processes, state the proper turning process and calculate speeds and feeds on turning machines for the following with 80% accuracy:
- Turning.
- Facing.
- Drilling.
- Knurling.
- Recessing.
- Parting.
- Boring.
- Threading.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Shop Safety; Introduction to Mechanical Hardware
- Hand Tools; Arbor and Shop Presses; Work Molding for Hand Operation; Non-Cutting Hand Tools; Hacksaws; Files and Off Hand Grinding
- Dimensional Measurement; Systems of Measurement
- Using Micrometer Instruments; Layout; Basic Semi-Precision Layout
- Using Vernier Calipers and Vernier Depth Gages; Basic Precision Layout Practices
- Using Gage Blocks; Using Angular Measuring; Instruments
- Using Comparison Measuring Instruments
- Drilling Machines; The Drill Press; Drilling Tools; Hand Grinding of Drills on the Pedestal Grinder
- Work Locating and Holding Devices on Drilling Machines; Operating Drilling Machines Countersinking and Counter-boring; Reaming in the Drill Press
- Hand Reamers; Identification and Uses of Taps; Tapping Procedures; Thread Cutting Dies and their Uses
- Turning Machines; The Engine Lathe; Tool-holders and Tool Holding for the Lathe; Cutting Tools for the Lathe
- Lathe Spindle Tooling Operating the Machine Controls; Facing and Center Drilling Turning Between Centers; Alignment of the Lathe Centers; Drilling, Boring, Reaming, Knurling, Recessing, Parting, and Tapping in the Lathe
- Sixty-Degree Thread Information and Calculations; Cutting Unified External Threads; Cutting Unified Internal Threads; Taping, Turning, Taper Boring, and Forming Using Steady and Follow Rests
- Additional Thread Forms; Cutting Acme Threads on the Lathe; Using Carbides and Other Tools; Materials on the Lathe
Primary Faculty Walters, Gary Secondary Faculty Associate Dean Pawlowski, Timothy Dean Hutchison, Donald
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
ATMT 1250 - Machine Theory Shapers, Planers, Mills & Grinders Credit Hours: 2.00 Prerequisites: None
The mechanism, operations, tools, and accessories of the shaper, planer, milling machines, cylindrical grinders, internal grinders, centerless grinders, surface grinders, jig grinders, and cutter grinders are studied. Theory and application of indexing, helical and spiral milling, grinding wheel, and lapping are included.
Location: South Campus
Contact Hours: 2 Billable Contact Hours: 2 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe sawing machines, shapers, gear cutting, and calculation of speeds and feeds for machining in the machine shop.
Objectives:
- Using the material presented on sawing machines and shapers, list the proper sawing machine and shaper for specific machine shop cutting operations with 80% accuracy.
- Using the material presented on gear cutting operations, list the gear cutting machines for specific types of gear cutting in the machine shop with 80% accuracy.
- Using the material presented on speeds and feeds used in the machine shop calculate the correct speeds and feeds for machining operations with 80% accuracy.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe vertical and horizontal milling and boring machines, milling and boring tooling and milling and boring machine processes.
Objectives:
- Using the material presented on vertical and horizontal milling and boring machines, identify the types of milling and boring machines, identify the correct milling and boring machine for specific milling and boring operations, including machine size and capacity with 80% accuracy.
- Using the material presented on vertical and horizontal milling and boring machine tooling, identify the proper tooling for specific milling and boring operations with 80% accuracy.
- Using the material presented on vertical and horizontal milling and boring machine processes, state the proper milling and boring process, calculate speeds and feeds on milling and boring operations for the following with 80% accuracy:
- Milling.
- Boring.
- Drilling.
- Indexing.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe grinding machines, grinding machine tooling and grinding machine processes.
Objectives:
- Using the material presented on grinding machines, identify the types of grinding machines, identify the correct grinding machine for specific grinding operations, including machine size and capacity with 80% accuracy.
- Using the material presented on grinding machine tooling, identify the proper tooling for specific grinding operations with 80% accuracy.
- Using the material presented on grinding machine processes, state the proper grinding process, calculate speeds and feeds on grinding machine operations for the following with 80% accuracy:
- Dry surface grinding.
- Wet surface grinding.
- Cylindrical grinding.
- Outside diameters.
- Inside diameters.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Sawing machines - using reciprocating and horizontal band cutoff machines
- Abrasives and cold saws - preparing to use the vertical band machine, using the vertical band machines
- Shapers‐speeds and feeds‐ using the shaper
- Gears and gear cutting - introduction to gears‐spur gear terms and calculations; cutting a spur gear; gear inspection and measurements
- Vertical milling machines; the vertical spindle milling machines
- Setups on the vertical milling machine; vertical milling machine operation; Feeds and speeds for end milling; using the offset boring head
- Horizontal milling machines; plain and universal horizontal milling cutters
- Setting speeds and feeds for horizontal milling; workholding methods and standard setups; machine setup and techniques for plain milling; Using side milling
- Rotary tables and indexing devices‐ setup and operation of indexing heads and rotary tables; direct and simple indexing; angular indexing
- Grinding and abrasive machining processes; selection and identification of grinding wheels
- Trueing, dressing, and balancing of grinding wheels; grinding fluids, Horizontal spindle, reciprocating table surface grinder; using the surface grinder
- Problems and solutions in surface grinding; center type cylindrical grinders; universal tool and cutter grinder
- Preparation for machining operations; machinability and chip formation; speeds and feeds for machine tools; carbide and other tool materials
Primary Faculty Walters, Gary Secondary Faculty Associate Dean Pawlowski, Timothy Dean Hutchison, Donald
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
|
|
-
ATMT 1270 - Die Theory 2 Credit Hours: 2.00 Prerequisites: None
(formerly ATMT 2913)
This course provides a comprehensive understanding of die stamping components and operations. Major elements of the course include: die stamping tooling, die stock materials and stock material feeding and handling equipment, and punch presses and accessories.
Contact Hours: 2 Billable Contact Hours: 2 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to describe die stamping components and operations.
Objectives:
- Describe die stamping operations.
- Describe the components of die stamping.
Outcome 2: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to describe die stamping tooling and the associated terminology.
Objectives:
- Define types of die sets.
- Define commonly used die set terminology.
Outcome 3: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to describe die stock materials and stock material feeding and handling equipment.
Objectives:
- Identify types of die stock materials.
- Describe the fabrication of die stock materials.
- Describe stock material feeding and handling equipment.
Outcome 4: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to describe punch presses and accessories and the associated terminology.
Objectives:
- Describe punch presses and accessories.
- Define commonly used punch press terminology.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Types of die stamping operations
- Cutting, piercing, bending, forming, drawing, progressive
- Components of die stamping
- Dies, punches, pilots, stripper plates, shedders, pressure pads, knockouts, nest gauges, stock guides, pushers
- Types of die sets
- Open, back post, diagonal post, center post, four post and heel type corner post
- Die set terminology
- Die shoe, punch shoe, guide post, bushing, shank, flange, bolt slot, die area and shut height
- Types of die stock materials
- Ferrous, non-ferrous and non-metallic
- Fabrication of die stock materials
- Shearing and slitting
- Stock material feeding and handling equipment
- Reel, cradle, ram feed, hitch feed, hopper feed, dial feed, magazine feed, cam feed, chute, slide, combination feeding and straightening machines
- Punch presses and accessories
- Straight-sided, under drive, high speed, single-action, double-action, back-geared, manual, mechanical, hydraulic, pneumatic and transfer
- Punch press terminology
- Bolster plate, ram, frame, fly wheel, tonnage, stroke, cycle, shut height and die cushion
Primary Faculty Gordon, Victoria Secondary Faculty Walters, Gary Associate Dean Pawlowski, Timothy Dean Hutchison, Donald
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
ATMT 1300 - Metallurgy Characteristics of Ferrous Metals Credit Hours: 2.00 Prerequisites: None
Provides an understanding of the production structure and application of ferrous metals. Includes properties of ferrous metals, production of steel, cast iron, and a general background in basic heat treatment of steel.
Location: South Campus
Contact Hours: 2 Billable Contact Hours: 2 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe iron and steel making, material standards for iron and steel, iron/carbon equilibrium diagram.
Objectives:
- Using the material presented on iron and steel making, list and describe the processes of manufacture, types of manufacturing equipment and the standard forms in the making of iron and steel with 80% accuracy.
- Using the material presented on iron and steel material standards, list and describe the AISI material standards used to describe iron and steel with 80% accuracy.
- Using the material presented of the iron/carbon equilibrium diagram, list and describe the effects of carbon content on metallurgical structure with 80% accuracy.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe the heat treatment of steels, mechanical testing of steels and Metallography of steels.
Objectives:
- Using the material presented on heat treatment of steels, list and describe the heat treatment processes of steels and the metallurgical structure changes with 80% accuracy.
- Using the material presented on mechanical testing of steels, list and describe the AISI testing procedures and mechanical properties of steels with 80% accuracy.
- Using the material presented on Metallography of steels, list and describe the process of Metallography preparation and inspection of steels with 80% accuracy.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe cast irons, stainless steels and tool steels.
Objectives:
- Using the material presented on cast irons, list and describe the types of cast irons, properties of cast irons with varying alloys, the processes of manufacture and industrial applications with 80% accuracy.
- Using the material presented on stainless steels, list and describe the types of stainless steels, properties of stainless steels with varying alloys, the processes of manufacture and industrial applications with 80% accuracy.
- Using the material presented on tool steels, list and describe the types of tool steels, properties of tool steels with varying alloys, the processes.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Introduction and Orientation to the Course. Introduction to Metallurgy.
- Iron and Steel ‐ Iron Making ‐ Reduction Steel Making, Plants. Furnaces Steel Forms.
- Iron and Steel Making Continued. Materials Standards.
- Material Standards Continued Carbon Steel ‐ Crystal Structure and Phases.
- Carbon Steel Continued ‐ Iron Carbon Equilibrium Diagram. Reference Chapter
- Heat Treatment of Steels ‐ Austenizing Quenching Tempering; Annealing and Case Hardening.
- Mechanical Testing‐Applying Mechanical Forces. Test Conditions Dynamic and Static Mechanical Test.
- Mechanical Testing Continued Hardness Testing. Metallography - Metallographic Examination; Grain Size.
- Metallography‐Image Analysis Physical Properties and Temperature Measurement.
- Cast Iron ‐ Carbon Equivalent (Gray ‐ White ‐ Malleable Ductile ‐ Compacted Graphite and Alloy Irons).
- Stainless Steels (Martensitic ‐ Ferritic and Austenitic Stainless Steels) Cast Stainless Steels.
- Tool Steels ‐ Water Hardening ‐ Cold Worked, Shock Resisting, Special Purpose, Mold and Hot Worked.
Primary Faculty Kacir, John Secondary Faculty Associate Dean Pawlowski, Timothy Dean Hutchison, Donald
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
ATMT 1310 - Metallurgy Characteristics of Non-Ferrous Metals Credit Hours: 2.00 Prerequisites: None
Understanding metals and their application. Topics to be covered: non-ferrous metals, theory of alloys, physical metallurgy, aluminum, magnesium, copper, bearing metals, die casting, powder metallurgy, surface treatment, new metals and applications, and welding metallurgy.
Location: South Campus
Contact Hours: 2 Billable Contact Hours: 2 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe Copper and Copper alloys, Nickel and Cobalt, Aluminum and Aluminum alloys.
Objectives:
- Using the material presented on Copper and Copper alloys, list and describe Copper and Copper alloys, properties of Copper and Copper Alloys, processes of manufacture and industrial applications with 80% accuracy.
- Using the material presented on Nickel and Cobalt materials, list and describe Nickel and Cobalt metals, properties of Nickel and Cobalt metals, processes of manufacture and industrial applications with 80% accuracy.
- Using the material presented on Aluminum and Aluminum alloys, list and describe Aluminum and Aluminum alloys, properties of Aluminum and Aluminum alloys, processes of manufacture and industrial applications with 80% accuracy.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe Magnesium, Titanium and Titanium alloys, Lead, Tin and Zinc.
Objectives:
- Using the material presented on Magnesium, list and describe Magnesium metals, properties of Magnesium metals, processes of manufacture and industrial applications with 80% accuracy.
- Using the material presented on Titanium and Titanium alloys, list and describe Titanium and Titanium alloys, properties of Titanium and Titanium alloys, processes of manufacture and industrial applications with 80% accuracy.
- Using the material presented on Lead, Tin and Zinc, list and describe Lead, Tin and Zinc metals, properties of Lead, Tin and Zinc metals, processes of manufacture and industrial applications with 80% accuracy.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, course the learner will be able to describe precious metals, refractory metals and specialty metals.
Objectives:
- Using the material presented on precious metals, list and describe precious metals, properties of precious metals, processes of manufacture and industrial applications with 80% accuracy.
- Using the material presented on refractory metals, list and describe refractory metals, properties of refractory metals, processes of manufacture and industrial applications with 80% accuracy.
- Using the material presented of specialty metals, list and describe specialty metals, properties of specialty metals, processes of manufacture and industrial applications with 80% accuracy.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Introduction to Course. Copper and Copper Alloys
- Copper and Copper Alloys
- Nickel and Cobalt
- Aluminum and Aluminum Alloys
- Magnesium
- Titanium and Titanium Alloys
- Lead, Tin & Zinc
- Lead, Tin, Zinc Precious Refractory Metals
- Precious, Refractory and Specialty Metals
- Refractory and Specialty Metals Casting
- Casting powder Metals
Primary Faculty Kacir, John Secondary Faculty Associate Dean Pawlowski, Timothy Dean Hutchison, Donald
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
ATMT 1400 - Science-Industrial Chemistry Credit Hours: 2.00 Prerequisites: None
A study of the chemical and physical properties of materials used in industry and commerce and the related manufacturing processes and usage. Basic concepts of matter and energy; the atomic theory; laws of moving particles, water and solutions and the families of elements; nuclear and organic chemistry as related to industrial use and a survey of minerals, ores, and metals constitute the text material. Lectures are related to industrial and commercial problems in production, distribution, safety, and pollution control.
Location: South Campus
Contact Hours: 2 Billable Contact Hours: 2 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES OUTCOME 1: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to describe matter, element, and mixture compound.
OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be able to:
- Describe matter, pure substances and properties of matter.
- Describe element.
- Describe mixture compound.
OUTCOME 2: Relate size and mass in units of the metric system and convert to and from the English system.
OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be able to:
- Identify size and mass in metric units.
- Identify size and mass in English units.
- Convert size and mass between English and metric units.
OUTCOME 3: Describe the properties of oxygen and hydrogen and their effects in industrial air pollution problems.
OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be able to:
- Describe the properties of oxygen.
- Describe the properties of hydrogen.
- Describe the role of oxygen and hydrogen in industrial air pollution.
OUTCOME 4: Interpret the Periodic Table in making comparison of elements in family groups.
OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be able to:
- Describe the periodic table.
- Use the periodic table to compare elements within family groups.
OUTCOME 5: Apply basic laws to gases and relate properties to air pollution and corrosion.
OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be able to:
- Describe the properties of gas laws.
- Describe the way in which gas laws relate to air pollution.
- Describe the ways in which gas laws relate to corrosion.
OUTCOME 6: Describe acids, bases and salts and relate usage in water pollution, electroplating, and electric batteries.
OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be able to:
- Identify acids and bases.
- Identify salts.
- Describe the role of acids, bases and salts in water pollution, electroplating and electric batteries.
OUTCOME 7: Describe the characteristics of liquids, solids, and gases.
OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be able to:
- Describe liquids.
- Describe solids.
- Describe gases.
OUTCOME 8: Describe radioactivity and be knowledgeable of radiation safety.
OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be able to:
- Describe radioactivity.
- Describe the procedures associated with radiation safety.
OUTCOME 9: Describe organic chemistry and relate the processes and products of petroleum and coal and distinguish families of plastics, fibers and paper and their processes and uses.
OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be able to:
- Describe organic chemistry.
- Describe the processes and products of petroleum and coal.
- Describe the families of plastics, fibers and paper.
- Identify differences between petroleum and coal and families of plastics, fibers and paper.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner. |
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Pre-test, introduction to the science of chemistry method, measurement, metric system, problems.
- Matter, properties, elements, compounds mixtures, physical change, chemical change.
- Structure of matter - atoms, electrons, isotopes, atom weights, symbols, periodic tables.
- Compounds - noble gas elements, valence formulas, molecular weights.
- Laws of chemistry - proportions - hypothesis equations, computation of formulas.
- Gases - pressures, kinetic molecular theory law of diffusion, molecular weights, formulas.
- Liquids and solids - vapor, evaporation, surface tension, capillary action, solids.
- Solutions of electrolytes - abnormal behavior, strong/weak electrolytes, hydrolysis.
- Halogens-physical, chemical properties, uses sulfur-physical, chemical properties and uses.
- Phosphorus-physical and chemical properties carbor, silicon, boron - and uses.
- Alkali metals - alkaline earth metals and aluminum.
- Iron, steel alloy-compounds, chromium, nickel non-ferrous alloy-copper, zinc, tin, lead.
- Noble and rare metals-silver, gold, platinum organic chemistry-hydrocarbons, esters, plastic.
- Chemistry of the environment: air-water pollution.
- Biochemistry: carbohydrates, fats, and proteins. Chemistry of the planets.
- Final examination.
Primary Faculty Gordon, Victoria Secondary Faculty Associate Dean Pawlowski, Timothy Dean Hutchison, Donald
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
ATMT 1650 - Millwright Theory Millwright Theory 1 Credit Hours: 2.00 Prerequisites: None
The proper use of tools and equipment used by the industrial millwright will be studied. The principles of machinery and equipment, i.e., screw threads, flat belts, belt splicing, structural steel, wire rope, wire rope fittings, slings, hoisting chains, grinding wheels, and metal saws will also be studied.
Location: South Campus
Contact Hours: 2 Billable Contact Hours: 2 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe machinery and equipment installation, principles of power transmission, ‘V’ belt drives, and flat belt drives.
Objectives:
- Using the material presented on machinery and equipment installation, list the proper procedures for the installation of machinery and equipment with 80% accuracy.
- Using the material presented on principles of power transmission, list the principles of power transmission with 80% accuracy.
- Using the material presented on ‘V’ belt and flat belt drives, specify the correct drives for applications and calculate the belt and pulley sizes with 80% accuracy.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe gearing, chain drives, drive couplings and bearings.
Objectives:
- Using the material presented on gearing, list the types of gears for power transmission and calculate gearing ratios for power transmission with 80% accuracy.
- Using the material presented on chain drives, list the types of chain drives and sprockets for specific applications, calculate the power transmission ratios of chain drives with chain and sprocket sizes with 80% accuracy.
- Using the material presented on drive couplings for power transmission, list the types of drive couplings for industrial applications and calculate the power transmission ratios in direct drive and clutching couplings with 80% accuracy.
- Using the material presented on bearings, list the types of bearings for industrial applications based on loads and speeds with 80% accuracy.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe gaskets, packings, seals, structural steel, screw threads, mechanical fasteners and pipe fittings.
Objectives:
- Using the material presented on gaskets, packings and seals, identify the correct gasket, packing or seal for industrial applications based on system pressures and movement with 80% accuracy.
- Using the material presented on structural steel, identify the types of structural for industrial applications and list the geometric shapes and sizes of structural steel with 80% accuracy.
- Using the material presented on screw threads, list the screw thread form and series for industrial applications; identify the types of screw threads for English and Metric thread series with 80% accuracy.
- Using the material presented on mechanical fasteners, list the standard mechanical fasteners available for industrial applications and identify the mechanical fasteners for industrial applications with 80% accuracy.
- Using the material presented on pipe and pipefittings, list the standard pipe and pipe fittings available for industrial applications and identify the pipe and pipefittings both straight and taper thread for industrial applications based on pressure and volume requirements with 80% accuracy.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Drawing, Sketches
- Machinery and Equipments Installation, Layout, Arc Method, 3‐4‐5 Method, Machinery Foundations, Vibration
- Principles of Power Transmission Belts, Calculations
- V‐Belt Drives, Fractional Horsepower Belts, Wedge Belts, Alignment, Tension Selection, Maintenance of U Belts and Drive, Installation
- Flat Belts, Belt Speed, Pulley Diameters, Slippage, Length, Strength, Joints, Installation, Drive Arrangements, Maintenance, Alignment and Shafting
- Gears - Spur Gears, Circular Pitch, Pitch Calculations, and Other Gear Types
- Chain Drives, Standard Roller Chain, Roller Chain Sprockets, Installation, Maintenance, Replacement, Silent Chain Sprockets, Installation, Maintenance, Replacement
- Couplings, Coupling Types, Rigid, Flexible, Styles of Flexible Couplings, Alignment Operations, Straight Edge, Thickness Gage Method, Indicator Method, Offset Shaft Couplings
- Packings and Seals. Stuffing Boxes, Lantern Rings, Mechanical Seals, Seal Lubrication, Balancing, “O” Rings, Formed and Molded Packing, Installation and Operation, Packing Procedure, Radial Lip Seals
- Bearings. Radial Bearings, Thrust Bearings, Guide Bearings, Plain Bearings, Bearing Materials, Bearing Design, Lubrication Holes and Grooves, Bearing Failures, Anti‐Friction Bearings, Ball Bearings Dimensions, Bearing Types, Taper Bore Spherical Roller Bearings, Adjustment of Taper Bore Spherical Roller Bearing, Bearing Nomenclature, Bearing Handling, Transmission Unit Bearings
- Structural Steel, Standard Angles, Beams, Channels, Structural Steel Bolts, Torque Wrench
- Screw Threads, Coarse and Fine Threads, Diameters, Thread Designations
- Mechanical Fasteners, Standard Bolts, Screws, Nuts, Grade Markings
- Pipe Fittings, Pipe Threads, Taper Thread Connections, Measurements, Steam Traps, Fire Protection
Primary Faculty Kacir, John Secondary Faculty Associate Dean Pawlowski, Timothy Dean Hutchison, Donald
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
ATMT 1660 - Millwright Theory Millwright Theory 2 Credit Hours: 2.00 Prerequisites: ATMT 1650
Mechanical power transmission equipment principles of anti-friction bearings, bearing life and failure, bearing maintenance, mounting of bearings, trouble shooting, couplings, universal joints, drive chains, speed reducers, V-belts, mechanical fasteners, lubrication.
Location: South Campus
Contact Hours: 2 Billable Contact Hours: 2 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe carpentry, saw sharpening, and wood fastening.
Objectives:
- Using the material presented on carpentry, list the proper tools for carpentry applications, list the standard carpentry materials and sizes, and calculate materials required for jobs with 80% accuracy.
- Using the material presented on saw sharpening, list the proper tools for saw sharpening, list the correct cutting angles for sharpening saws, and describe the process to sharpen saws with80% accuracy.
- Using the material presented on wood fastening, list the proper wood fasteners for applications and describe the processes of fastening wood with 80% accuracy.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe sheet metal fabrication, blacksmithing, rigging hoists, and rigging support structures.
Objectives:
- Using the material presented on sheet metal fabrication, list sheet metal fabrication tools and processes including cutting, forming, seaming, fastening, and joining with 80% accuracy.
- Using the material presented on blacksmithing, list the blacksmithing processes and tools including their proper use and blacksmithing applications with 80% accuracy.
- Using the material presented on rigging, list the hoisting systems, structural support systems, and cable and roping systems used for rigging with 80% accuracy.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe electricity, welding, pumps, air compressors, hydraulics, and pneumatics.
Objectives:
- Using the materials presented on electricity, list the cautions associated with energized equipment during servicing, describe the proper procedures for lock out with 80% accuracy.
- Using the materials presented on welding fabrication, list and describe the welding processes used by the millwright, including selection of filler materials, joint preparation, and finishing including heat treatment with 80% accuracy.
- Using the materials presented on pumps and air compressors, list and describe types of pumps and air compressors used for industrial applications with 80% accuracy.
- Using the materials presented on hydraulics and pneumatics, describe the types of hydraulic and pneumatic systems used in industrial applications for power transmission with 80% accuracy.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- 2. The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- 3. The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Carpentry - commercial lumber sizes, squares levels, miter boxes, plumb and layout
- Carpentry - construction principles, rafters, braces, floor, wall and roof framing, and sheathing
- Saw and Sharpening - hand saws, band saws, circular saws
- Wood Fasteners - the penny system, nails, screws and bolts
- Sheet Metal Work - edges, seams, and pattern development
- Blacksmithing - tools, forges, fluxes, welding tempering, thermal critical points
- Rigging and hoisting - (basic math and calculations)
- Ropes - knotting, care of ropes, chains, pulleys, differential blocks, work hoists
- Supporting Structures - gin poles, derricks, rope splicing, wire rope fittings, slings
- Electricity - definitions of terms, C motors, three phase, single phase, capacitor start‐synchronous motors. Control, circuits, and generators
- Welding - shielding metal arc and gas, TIG Oxyacetylene, definition of terms, power sources, duty cycle, electro slag, stud welding, submerged arc
- Pumps - Centrifugal, reciprocating, rotary single and two‐stage coolers
- Air Compressors - Heat of compression, single and two stage, intercoolers and after coolers, actual discharge, volumetric effects
- Hydraulics and Pneumatics - Principles, control valves cylinders, accumulators, portable table
Primary Faculty Kacir, John Secondary Faculty Associate Dean Pawlowski, Timothy Dean Hutchison, Donald
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
-
ATMT 1700 - Thermoplastic & Thermosetting Materials Credit Hours: 2.00 Prerequisites: None
A practical overview of the plastics industry, sources of plastics and typical plastic applications. The basic chemistry of polymers, material properties, cost and composition of both thermoplastic and thermosetting materials are studied. The fundamentals for material selection, testing procedures and product design are reviewed. Plastics to be studied include engineering resins, elastomers, reinforced materials and high strength composites.
Location: South Campus
Contact Hours: 2 Billable Contact Hours: 2 OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe the history of plastics, the plastics industry today, elementary polymer chemistry, health and safety of plastics.
Objectives:
- Using the material presented on history of plastics and the plastics industry today, list the chronological order of plastics materials and application development and describe the plastics industries contributions to today’s products with 80% accuracy.
- Using the material presented on elementary polymer chemistry, describe elements used to build plastics, describe the bonding of elements to build plastics, describe molecular structure of plastics, describe resins and addition and condensation polymerization process with 80% accuracy.
- Using the material presented on health and safety of plastics, describe the cautions when molding and finishing plastics, and list the data found in the Material Safety Data Sheets accompanying plastics materials with 80% accuracy.
Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe the elementary statistics applied in the plastics industry, describe the properties and tests of plastics materials and products for product applications, the ingredients of plastics, characterization and selection of plastics.
Objectives:
- Using the material presented on elementary statistics applied in the plastics industry, list and apply the statistical tools used to analyze plastics materials and plastic products with 80% accuracy.
- Using the materials presented on properties and tests of plastics, list and describe the appropriate tests determining mechanical, physical, thermal, optical, and electrical plastics properties with 80% accuracy.
- Using the material presented on the ingredients of plastics, list and describe the ingredients and effects on mechanical, physical, thermal, optical and electrical plastics properties with 80% accuracy.
- Using the material presented on characterization and selection of plastics, list and describe characteristics used to select plastics materials and plastic product applications with 80% accuracy.
Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe machining and finishing of plastics, radiation of plastics, thermoplastics and thermosetting plastics applications.
Objectives:
- Using the material presented on machining and finishing of plastics, list and describe the plastics machining and finishing processes, list the tools and tool geometry for machining and finishing plastics, describe the problems inherent in machining and finishing thermoplastics and thermosetting plastics with 80% accuracy.
- Using the material presented on radiation of plastics, describe the changes in molecular structure of plastics from controlled exposure of gamma and beta radiation with 80% accuracy.
- Using the material presented on thermoplastics and thermosetting plastics applications, list and describe processes and product applications for thermoplastics and thermosetting plastics with 80% accuracy.
COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (Bulleted outcomes apply to the course)
- 1. The graduate can integrate the knowledge and technological skills necessary to be a successful learner.
|
- The graduate can demonstrate how to think competently.
|
- The graduate can demonstrate how to employ mathematical knowledge.
|
- 4. The graduate can demonstrate how to communicate competently.
|
- 5. The graduate is sensitive to issues relating to a diverse, global society.
|
COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
- Introductions and Orientation to the Course. History of Plastics.
- Plastics Industry Today.
- Elementary Polymer Chemistry.
- Health and Safety of Plastics.
- Elementary Statistics for Plastics.
- Properties and Tests of Plastics.
- Ingredients of Plastics.
- Characterization and Selection of Commercial Plastics.
- Machining and Finishing of Plastics.
- Plastics and Radiation.
- Thermoplastics - Applications.
- Thermoset Plastics - Applications.
Primary Faculty Walters, Gary Secondary Faculty Associate Dean Pawlowski, Timothy Dean Hutchison, Donald
Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088
|
|
Page: 1
| 2
| 3
| 4
| 5
| 6
| 7
| 8
| 9
| 10
|
|
|